Seattle City Council Bills and Ordinances
Information modified on October 13, 2009; retrieved on April 24, 2025 6:29 PM
Ordinance 123125
Introduced as Council Bill 116666
Title | |
---|---|
AN ORDINANCE relating to the City Light Department; amending Seattle Municipal Code Chapter 21.49 to add a new section establishing and setting rates, terms and conditions for an open access transmission tariff ("OATT"), authorizing the Superintendent of City Light or his designee to implement and administer the OATT, and ratifying and confirming prior acts. |
Description and Background | |
---|---|
Current Status: | Passed |
Fiscal Note: | Fiscal Note to Council Bill No. 116666 |
Index Terms: | UTILITY-RATES, CITY-LIGHT, ELECTRICITY, ENERGY-RESOURCES, ELECTRIC-METERS, ENERGY-CONSERVATION, POWER-TRANSMISSION-FACILITIES |
Legislative History | |
---|---|
Sponsor: | HARRELL | tr>
Date Introduced: | September 28, 2009 |
Committee Referral: | Energy and Technology |
City Council Action Date: | October 5, 2009 |
City Council Action: | Passed |
City Council Vote: | 9-0 |
Date Delivered to Mayor: | October 6, 2009 |
Date Signed by Mayor: (About the signature date) | October 8, 2009 |
Date Filed with Clerk: | October 8, 2009 |
Signed Copy: | PDF scan of Ordinance No. 123125 |
Text | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AN ORDINANCE relating to the City Light Department; amending Seattle Municipal Code Chapter 21.49 to add a new section establishing and setting rates, terms and conditions for an open access transmission tariff ("OATT"), authorizing the Superintendent of City Light or his designee to implement and administer the OATT, and ratifying and confirming prior acts. WHEREAS, Under section 211(a) of the Federal Power Act, as amended and added to by the Energy Policy Act of 1992, the Federal Energy and Regulatory Commission ("FERC") may issue an order requiring the City Light Department ("City Light"), as a transmitting utility, to provide transmission services (including any enlargement of transmission capacity necessary to provide such services) to an Eligible Customer; and WHEREAS, City Light has committed to voluntarily provide transmission service to Eligible Customers since passage of the Energy Policy Act of 1992; and WHEREAS, City Light supports federal policies regarding open access to the interstate transmission system; and WHEREAS, electric generators producing power for resale may request interconnection to the Seattle City Light transmission system; and WHEREAS, development of large-scale renewable energy projects may result in requests for transmission service under the proposed tariff; and WHEREAS, the proposed open access transmission tariff will provide comparable terms, conditions and pricing to services provided other City Light customers, NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SEATTLE AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. Seattle Municipal Code, Chapter 21.49 is amended to add a new section, Section 21.49.125, to read as follows: 21.49.125 Open Access Transmission Tariff, Rates and Interconnection Procedures. The Department shall offer an open access transmission tariff ("OATT"). Due to the excessive length of the OATT, it is not printed herein. However, a copy of the OATT, including its Schedules 1 through 9, Attachments A through L, and Generator Interconnection Procedures and Agreements, is available at the Seattle City Clerk's Office and can also be found on Seattle City Light's public web page. Section 2. The Tariff, Schedules, Attachments and associated interconnection procedures and agreements authorized by this ordinance are attached as Attachment 1. The Superintendent of Seattle City Light, or his designee, shall implement and administer this tariff and the OATT shall only be available for service to Eligible Customers defined by the Federal Power Act as follows: an electric utility, Federal power marketing agency, or person generating and selling electric energy for resale by an electric utility. Section 3. Any act pursuant to the authority and prior to the effective date of this ordinance is hereby ratified and confirmed. Section 4. This ordinance shall take effect and be in force thirty (30) days from and after its approval by the Mayor, but if not approved and returned by the Mayor within ten (10) days after presentation, it shall take effect as provided by Municipal Code Section 1.04.020. Passed by the City Council the ____ day of ________________________, 2009, and signed by me in open session in authentication of its passage this _____ day of ___________________, 2009. _________________________________ President __________of the City Council Approved by me this ____ day of _____________________, 2009. _________________________________ Gregory J. Nickels, Mayor Filed by me this ____ day of __________________________, 2009. ____________________________________ City Clerk (Seal) Attachment 1: Seattle City Light Department Open Access Transmission Tariff Version #2 DRAFT NOT VALID FOR SERVICE CITY OF SEATTLE SEATTLE CITY LIGHT DEPARTMENT OPEN ACCESS TRANSMISSION TARIFF PREFACE The City of Seattle, City Light Department ("Seattle City Light"), also referred to as the "Transmission Provider" in this Open Access Transmission Tariff (Tariff), is not subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission under Sections 205 and 206 of the Federal Power Act. The Terms and Conditions provided under this Tariff were approved by the City Council by ordinance number XXXXXX. For inquiries regarding transmission service offered by this tariff, please contact the [name and/or title to be inserted] at ___________________, or see www.seattle.gov/OATT. TABLE OF CONTENTS I. COMMON SERVICE PROVISIONS 13 1 DEFINITIONS 13 1.1 Affiliate: 13 1.2 Ancillary Services: 13 1.3 Annual Transmission Costs: 13 1.4 Application: 13 1.5 Commission: 14 1.6 Completed Application: 14 1.7 Control Area: 14 1.8 Curtailment: 14 1.9 Delivering Party: 15 1.10 Designated Agent: 15 1.11 Direct Assignment Facilities: 15 1.12 Eligible Customer: 15 1.13 Facilities Study: 16 1.14 Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: 16 1.15 Good Utility Practice: 16 1.16 Interruption: 17 1.17 Load Ratio Share: 17 1.18 Load Shedding: 17 1.19 Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: 18 1.20 Native Load Customers: 18 1.21 Network Customer: 18 1.22 Network Integration Transmission Service: 18 1.23 Network Load: 18 1.24 Network Operating Agreement: 19 1.25 Network Operating Committee: 19 1.26 Network Resource: 20 1.27 Network Upgrades: 20 1.28 Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: 20 1.29 Non-Firm Sale: 21 1.30 Open Access Same-Time Information System (OASIS): 21 1.31 Part I: 21 1.32 Part II: 21 1.33 Part III: 21 1.34 Parties: 21 1.35 Point(s) of Delivery: 22 1.36 Point(s) of Receipt: 22 1.37 Point-To-Point Transmission Service: 22 1.38 Power Purchaser: 23 1.39 Pre-Confirmed Application: 23 1.40 Receiving Party: 23 1.41 Regional Transmission Group (RTG): 23 1.42 Reserved Capacity: 23 1.43 Service Agreement: 24 1.44 Service Commencement Date: 24 1.45 Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: 24 1.46 System Condition 24 1.47 System Impact Study: 25 1.48 Third-Party Sale: 25 1.49 Transmission Customer: 25 1.50 Transmission Provider: 25 1.51 Transmission Provider's Monthly Transmission System Peak: 26 1.52 Transmission Service: 26 1.53 Transmission System: 26 2 INITIAL ALLOCATION AND RENEWAL PROCEDURES 26 2.1 Initial Allocation of Available Transfer Capability: 26 2.2 Reservation Priority For Existing Firm Service Customers: 27 3 ANCILLARY SERVICES 28 3.1 Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service: 31 3.2 Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation or Other Sources Service: 31 3.3 Regulation and Frequency Response Service: 31 3.4 Energy Imbalance Service: 31 3.5 Operating Reserve Spinning Reserve Service: 31 3.6 Operating Reserve Supplemental Reserve Service: 31 3.7 Generator Imbalance Service: 31 4 OPEN ACCESS SAME-TIME INFORMATION SYSTEM (OASIS) 32 5 TAX EXEMPT BONDS 32 5.1 Facilities Financed by Tax Exempt Bonds: 32 6 RECIPROCITY 33 7 BILLING AND PAYMENT 34 7.1 Billing Procedure: 35 7.2 Interest on Unpaid Balances: 35 7.3 Customer Default: 35 8 ACCOUNTING FOR THE TRANSMISSION PROVIDER'S USE OF THE TARIFF 36 8.1 Transmission Revenues: 36 8.2 Study Costs and Revenues: 37 9 WITHDRAWAL OF AND CHANGES TO, THE TARIFF BY THE TRANSMISSION PROVIDER 37 10 FORCE MAJEURE AND INDEMNIFICATION 38 10.1 Force Majeure: 38 10.2 Indemnification: 39 11 CREDITWORTHINESS 39 12 RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES OTHER THAN THOSE RELATED TO TERMINATION: 39 12.1 Applicability of Section 12: 39 12.2 Internal Dispute Resolution Procedures: 40 12.3 External Arbitration Procedures: 41 12.4 Decisionmaking Standards: 41 12.5 Arbitration Decisions: 42 12.6 Costs: 42 II. POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE 42 13 NATURE OF FIRM POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE 43 13.1 Term: 43 13.2 Reservation Priority: 43 13.3 Use of Firm Transmission Service by the Transmission Provider: 46 13.4 Service Agreements: 46 13.5 Transmission Customer Obligations for Facility Additions or Redispatch Costs: 47 13.6 Curtailment of Firm Transmission Service: 48 13.7 Classification of Firm Transmission Service: 50 13.8 Scheduling of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: 52 14 NATURE OF NON-FIRM POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE 53 14.1 Term: 53 14.2 Reservation Priority: 54 14.3 Use of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service by the Transmission Provider: 55 14.4 Service Agreements: 55 14.5 Classification of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: 55 14.6 Scheduling of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: 56 14.7 Curtailment or Interruption of Service: 57 15 SERVICE AVAILABILITY 59 15.1 General Conditions: 59 15.2 Determination of Available Transfer Capability: 59 15.3 Initiating Service in the Absence of an Executed Service Agreement: 60 15.4 Obligation to Provide Transmission Service that Requires Expansion or Modification of the Transmission System, Redispatch or Conditional Curtailment: 60 15.5 Deferral of Service: 62 15.6 Other Transmission Service Schedules: 63 15.7 Real Power Losses: 63 16 TRANSMISSION CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES 63 16.1 Conditions Required of Transmission Customers: 63 16.2 Transmission Customer Responsibility for Third-Party Arrangements: 64 17 PROCEDURES FOR ARRANGING FIRM POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE 65 17.1 Application: 65 17.2 Completed Application: 66 17.3 Deposit: 68 17.4 Notice of Deficient Application: 70 17.5 Response to a Completed Application: 70 17.6 Execution of Service Agreement: 71 17.7 Extensions for Commencement of Service: 71 18 PROCEDURES FOR ARRANGING NON-FIRM POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE 72 18.1 Application: 72 18.2 Completed Application: 73 18.3 Reservation of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: 75 18.4 Determination of Available Transfer Capability: 75 19 ADDITIONAL STUDY PROCEDURES FOR FIRM POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE REQUESTS 75 19.1 Notice of Need for System Impact Study: 75 19.2 System Impact Study Agreement and Cost Reimbursement: 77 19.3 System Impact Study Procedures: 78 19.4 Facilities Study Procedures: 80 19.5 Facilities Study Modifications: 81 19.6 Due Diligence in Completing New Facilities: 82 19.7 Partial Interim Service: 82 19.8 Expedited Procedures for New Facilities: 83 20 PROCEDURES IF THE TRANSMISSION PROVIDER IS UNABLE TO COMPLETE NEW TRANSMISSION FACILITIES FOR FIRM POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE 84 20.1 Delays in Construction of New Facilities: 84 20.2 Alternatives to the Original Facility Additions: 84 20.3 Refund Obligation for Unfinished Facility Additions: 85 21 PROVISIONS RELATING TO TRANSMISSION CONSTRUCTION AND SERVICES ON THE SYSTEMS OF OTHER UTILITIES 86 21.1 Responsibility for Third-Party System Additions: 86 21.2 Coordination of Third-Party System Additions: 86 22 CHANGES IN SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 87 22.1 Modifications On a Non-Firm Basis: 87 22.2 Modification On a Firm Basis: 89 23 SALE OR ASSIGNMENT OF TRANSMISSION SERVICE 89 23.1 Procedures for Assignment or Transfer of Service: 89 23.2 Limitations on Assignment or Transfer of Service: 91 23.3 Information on Assignment or Transfer of Service: 91 24 METERING AND POWER FACTOR CORRECTION AT RECEIPT AND DELIVERY POINTS(S) 92 24.1 Transmission Customer Obligations: 92 24.2 Transmission Provider Access to Metering Data: 92 24.3 Power Factor: 92 25 COMPENSATION FOR TRANSMISSION SERVICE 92 26 STRANDED COST RECOVERY 93 III. NETWORK INTEGRATION TRANSMISSION SERVICE 94 27 NATURE OF NETWORK INTEGRATION TRANSMISSION SERVICE 94 27.1 Scope of Service: 94 27.2 Transmission Provider Responsibilities: 95 27.3 Network Integration Transmission Service: 96 27.4 Secondary Service: 96 27.5 Real Power Losses: 96 27.6 Restrictions on Use of Service: 97 28 INITIATING SERVICE 97 28.1 Condition Precedent for Receiving Service: 97 28.2 Application Procedures: 98 28.3 Technical Arrangements to be Completed Prior to Commencement of Service: 105 28.4 Network Customer Facilities: 105 29 NETWORK RESOURCES 106 29.1 Designation of Network Resources: 106 29.2 Designation of New Network Resources: 106 29.3 Termination of Network Resources: 107 29.4 Operation of Network Resources: 109 29.5 Network Customer Redispatch Obligation: 110 29.6 Transmission Arrangements for Network Resources Not Physically Interconnected With The Transmission Provider: 111 29.7 Limitation on Designation of Network Resources: 111 29.8 Use of Interface Capacity by the Network Customer: 111 29.9 Network Customer Owned Transmission Facilities: 112 30 DESIGNATION OF NETWORK LOAD 113 30.1 Network Load: 113 30.2 New Network Loads Connected With the Transmission Provider: 113 30.3 Network Load Not Physically Interconnected with the Transmission Provider: 113 30.4 New Interconnection Points: 114 30.5 Changes in Service Requests: 114 30.6 Annual Load and Resource Information Updates: 115 31 ADDITIONAL STUDY PROCEDURES FOR NETWORK INTEGRATION TRANSMISSION SERVICE REQUESTS 116 31.1 Notice of Need for System Impact Study: 116 31.2 System Impact Study Agreement and Cost Reimbursement: 116 31.3 System Impact Study Procedures: 118 31.4 Facilities Study Procedures: 119 32 LOAD SHEDDING AND CURTAILMENTS 121 32.1 Procedures: 121 32.2 Transmission Constraints: 122 32.3 Cost Responsibility for Relieving Transmission Constraints: 122 32.4 Curtailments of Scheduled Deliveries: 123 32.5 Allocation of Curtailments: 123 32.6 Load Shedding: 124 32.7 System Reliability: 124 33 RATES AND CHARGES 125 33.1 Monthly Demand Charge: 125 33.2 Determination of Network Customer's Monthly Network Load: 126 33.3 Determination of Transmission Provider's Monthly Transmission System Load: 126 33.4 Redispatch Charge: 126 33.5 Stranded Cost Recovery: 126 34 OPERATING ARRANGEMENTS 127 34.1 Operation under The Network Operating Agreement: 127 34.2 Network Operating Agreement: 127 SERVICE SCHEDULES SCHEDULE 1 Scheduling, System Control And Dispatch Service SCHEDULE 2 Reactive Supply And Voltage Control From Generation Sources Service SCHEDULE 3 Regulation And Frequency Response Service SCHEDULE 4 Energy Imbalance Service SCHEDULE 5 Operating Reserve Spinning Reserve Service SCHEDULE 6 Operating Reserve Supplemental Reserve Service SCHEDULE 7 Long-Term Firm And Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point SCHEDULE 8 Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service SCHEDULE 9 Generator Imbalance Service ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT A Form of Service Agreement For Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service ATTACHMENT A-1 Form of Service Agreement For The Resale, Reassignment or Transfer of Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service ATTACHMENT B Form of Service Agreement for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service ATTACHMENT C Methodology to Assess Available Transfer Capability ATTACHMENT D Methodology for Completing a System Impact Study ATTACHMENT E Index of Point-To-Point Transmission Service Customers ATTACHMENT F Service Agreement for Network Integration Transmission Service ATTACHMENT G Network Operating Agreement ATTACHMENT H Annual Transmission Revenue Requirement for Network Integration Transmission Service ATTACHMENT I Index of Network Integration Transmission Service Customers ATTACHMENT J Procedures for Addressing Parallel Flows ATTACHMENT K Transmission Planning Process ATTACHMENT L Creditworthiness Procedures GENERATOR INTERCONNECTION PROCEDURES AND AGREEMENTS Small Generator Interconnection Procedures (SGIP) Small Generator Interconnection Agreement (SGIA) Large Generator Interconnection Procedures (LGIP) Large Generator Interconnection Agreement (LGIA) I. COMMON SERVICE PROVISIONS 1 Definitions 1.1 Affiliate: With respect to a corporation, partnership or other entity, each such other corporation, partnership or other entity that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such corporation, partnership or other entity. 1.2 Ancillary Services: Those services that are necessary to support the transmission of capacity and energy from resources to loads while maintaining reliable operation of the Transmission Provider's Transmission System in accordance with Good Utility Practice. 1.3 Annual Transmission Costs: The total annual cost of the Transmission System for purposes of Network Integration Transmission Service shall be the amount specified in Attachment H until amended by the Transmission Provider. 1.4 Application: A request by an Eligible Customer for transmission service pursuant to the provisions of the Tariff. 1.5 Commission: The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. 1.6 Completed Application: An Application that satisfies all of the information and other requirements of the Tariff, including any required deposit. 1.7 Control Area: An electric power system or combination of electric power systems to which a common automatic generation control scheme is applied in order to: 1. match, at all times, the power output of the generators within the electric power system(s) and capacity and energy purchased from entities outside the electric power system(s), with the load within the electric power system(s); 2. maintain scheduled interchange with other Control Areas, within the limits of Good Utility Practice; 3. maintain the frequency of the electric power system(s) within reasonable limits in accordance with Good Utility Practice; and 4. provide sufficient generating capacity to maintain operating reserves in accordance with Good Utility Practice. 1.8 Curtailment: A reduction in firm or non-firm transmission service in response to a transfer capability shortage as a result of system reliability conditions. 1.9 Delivering Party: The entity supplying capacity and energy to be transmitted at Point(s) of Receipt. 1.10 Designated Agent: Any entity that performs actions or functions on behalf of the Transmission Provider, an Eligible Customer, or the Transmission Customer required under the Tariff. 1.11 Direct Assignment Facilities: Facilities or portions of facilities that are constructed by the Transmission Provider for the sole use/benefit of a particular Transmission Customer requesting service under the Tariff. Direct Assignment Facilities shall be specified in the Service Agreement that governs service to the Transmission Customer. 1.12 Eligible Customer: Any electric utility (including the Transmission Provider and any power marketer), Federal power marketing agency, or any person generating electric energy for sale for resale is an Eligible Customer under the Tariff. Electric energy sold or produced by such entity may be electric energy produced in the United States, Canada or Mexico. However, with respect to transmission service that the Commission is prohibited from ordering by Section 212(h) of the Federal Power Act, such entity is eligible only if the service is provided pursuant to a state requirement that the Transmission Provider offer the unbundled transmission service, or pursuant to a voluntary offer of such service by the Transmission Provider. 1.13 Facilities Study: An engineering study conducted by the Transmission Provider to determine the required modifications to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System, including the cost and scheduled completion date for such modifications, that will be required to provide the requested transmission service. 1.14 Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: Transmission Service under this Tariff that is reserved and/or scheduled between specified Points of Receipt and Delivery pursuant to Part II of this Tariff. 1.15 Good Utility Practice: Any of the practices, methods and acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric utility industry during the relevant time period, or any of the practices, methods and acts which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good business practices, reliability, safety and expedition. Good Utility Practice is not intended to be limited to the optimum practice, method, or act to the exclusion of all others, but rather to be acceptable practices, methods, or acts generally accepted in the region, including those practices required by Federal Power Act section 215(a)(4). 1.16 Interruption: A reduction in non-firm transmission service due to economic reasons pursuant to Section 14.7. 1.17 Load Ratio Share: Ratio of a Transmission Customer's Network Load to the Transmission Provider's total load computed in accordance with Sections 34.2 and 34.3 of the Network Integration Transmission Service under Part III of the Tariff and calculated on a rolling twelve month basis. 1.18 Load Shedding: The systematic reduction of system demand by temporarily decreasing load in response to transmission system or area capacity shortages, system instability, or voltage control considerations under Part III of the Tariff. 1.19 Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service under Part II of the Tariff with a term of one year or more. 1.20 Native Load Customers: The wholesale and retail power customers of the Transmission Provider on whose behalf the Transmission Provider, by statute, franchise, regulatory requirement, or contract, has undertaken an obligation to construct and operate the Transmission Provider's system to meet the reliable electric needs of such customers. 1.21 Network Customer: An entity receiving transmission service pursuant to the terms of the Transmission Provider's Network Integration Transmission Service under Part III of the Tariff. 1.22 Network Integration Transmission Service: The transmission service provided under Part III of the Tariff. 1.23 Network Load: The load that a Network Customer designates for Network Integration Transmission Service under Part III of the Tariff. The Network Customer's Network Load shall include all load served by the output of any Network Resources designated by the Network Customer. A Network Customer may elect to designate less than its total load as Network Load but may not designate only part of the load at a discrete Point of Delivery. Where a Eligible Customer has elected not to designate a particular load at discrete points of delivery as Network Load, the Eligible Customer is responsible for making separate arrangements under Part II of the Tariff for any Point-To-Point Transmission Service that may be necessary for such non-designated load. 1.24 Network Operating Agreement: An executed agreement that contains the terms and conditions under which the Network Customer shall operate its facilities and the technical and operational matters associated with the implementation of Network Integration Transmission Service under Part III of the Tariff. 1.25 Network Operating Committee: A group made up of representatives from the Network Customer(s) and the Transmission Provider established to coordinate operating criteria and other technical considerations required for implementation of Network Integration Transmission Service under Part III of this Tariff. 1.26 Network Resource: Any designated generating resource owned, purchased or leased by a Network Customer under the Network Integration Transmission Service Tariff. Network Resources do not include any resource, or any portion thereof, that is committed for sale to third parties or otherwise cannot be called upon to meet the Network Customer's Network Load on a non-interruptible basis, except for purposes of fulfilling obligations under a Commission-approved reserve sharing program. 1.27 Network Upgrades: Modifications or additions to transmission-related facilities that are integrated with and support the Transmission Provider's overall Transmission System for the general benefit of all users of such Transmission System. 1.28 Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: Point-To-Point Transmission Service under the Tariff that is reserved and scheduled on an as-available basis and is subject to Curtailment or Interruption as set forth in Section 14.7 under Part II of this Tariff. Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service is available on a stand-alone basis for periods ranging from one hour to one month. 1.29 Non-Firm Sale: An energy sale for which receipt or delivery may be interrupted for any reason or no reason, without liability on the part of either the buyer or seller. 1.30 Open Access Same-Time Information System (OASIS): The information system and standards of conduct contained in Part 37 of the Commission's regulations and all additional requirements implemented by subsequent Commission orders dealing with OASIS. 1.31 Part I: Tariff Definitions and Common Service Provisions contained in Sections 2 through 12. 1.32 Part II: Tariff Sections 13 through 27 pertaining to Point-To-Point Transmission Service in conjunction with the applicable Common Service Provisions of Part I and appropriate Schedules and Attachments. 1.33 Part III: Tariff Sections 28 through 35 pertaining to Network Integration Transmission Service in conjunction with the applicable Common Service Provisions of Part I and appropriate Schedules and Attachments. 1.34 Parties: The Transmission Provider and the Transmission Customer receiving service under the Tariff. 1.35 Point(s) of Delivery: Point(s) on the Transmission Provider's Transmission System where capacity and energy transmitted by the Transmission Provider will be made available to the Receiving Party under Part II of the Tariff. The Point(s) of Delivery shall be specified in the Service Agreement for Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. 1.36 Point(s) of Receipt: Point(s) of interconnection on the Transmission Provider's Transmission System where capacity and energy will be made available to the Transmission Provider by the Delivering Party under Part II of the Tariff. The Point(s) of Receipt shall be specified in the Service Agreement for Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. 1.37 Point-To-Point Transmission Service: The reservation and transmission of capacity and energy on either a firm or non-firm basis from the Point(s) of Receipt to the Point(s) of Delivery under Part II of the Tariff. 1.38 Power Purchaser: The entity that is purchasing the capacity and energy to be transmitted under the Tariff. 1.39 Pre-Confirmed Application: An Application that commits the Eligible Customer to execute a Service Agreement upon receipt of notification that the Transmission Provider can provide the requested Transmission Service. 1.40 Receiving Party: The entity receiving the capacity and energy transmitted by the Transmission Provider to Point(s) of Delivery. 1.41 Regional Transmission Group (RTG): A voluntary organization of transmission owners, transmission users and other entities approved by the Commission to efficiently coordinate transmission planning (and expansion), operation and use on a regional (and interregional) basis. 1.42 Reserved Capacity: The maximum amount of capacity and energy that the Transmission Provider agrees to transmit for the Transmission Customer over the Transmission Provider's Transmission System between the Point(s) of Receipt and the Point(s) of Delivery under Part II of the Tariff. Reserved Capacity shall be expressed in terms of whole megawatts on a sixty (60) minute interval (commencing on the clock hour) basis. 1.43 Service Agreement: The initial agreement and any amendments or supplements thereto entered into by the Transmission Customer and the Transmission Provider for service under the Tariff. 1.44 Service Commencement Date: The date the Transmission Provider begins to provide service pursuant to the terms of an executed Service Agreement, or the date the Transmission Provider begins to provide service in accordance with Section 15.3 or Section 29.1 under the Tariff. 1.45 Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service under Part II of the Tariff with a term of less than one year. 1.46 System Condition A specified condition on the Transmission Provider's system or on a neighboring system, such as a constrained transmission element or flowgate, that may trigger Curtailment of Long-Term Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service using the curtailment priority pursuant to Section 13.6. Such conditions must be identified in the Transmission Customer's Service Agreement. 1.47 System Impact Study: An assessment by the Transmission Provider of (i) the adequacy of the Transmission System to accommodate a request for either Firm Point-ToPoint Transmission Service or Network Integration Transmission Service and (ii) whether any additional costs may be incurred in order to provide transmission service. 1.48 Third-Party Sale: Any sale for resale in interstate commerce to a Power Purchaser that is not designated as part of Network Load under the Network Integration Transmission Service. 1.49 Transmission Customer: Any Eligible Customer (or its Designated Agent) that executes a Service Agreement to receive transmission service under Part II of the Tariff. This term is used in the Part I Common Service Provisions to include customers receiving transmission service under Part II and Part III of this Tariff. 1.50 Transmission Provider: Seattle City Light. 1.51 Transmission Provider's Monthly Transmission System Peak: The maximum firm usage of the Transmission Provider's Transmission System in a calendar month. 1.52 Transmission Service: Point-To-Point Transmission Service provided under Part II of the Tariff on a firm and non-firm basis. 1.53 Transmission System: The facilities owned, controlled or operated by the Transmission Provider that are used to provide transmission service under Part II and Part III of the Tariff. 2 Initial Allocation and Renewal Procedures 2.1 Initial Allocation of Available Transfer Capability: For purposes of determining whether existing capability on the Transmission Provider's Transmission System is adequate to accommodate a request for firm service under this Tariff, all Completed Applications for new firm transmission service received during the initial sixty (60) day period commencing with the effective date of the Tariff will be deemed to have been filed simultaneously. A lottery system conducted by an independent party shall be used to assign priorities for Completed Applications filed simultaneously. All Completed Applications for firm transmission service received after the initial sixty (60) day period shall be assigned a priority pursuant to Section 13.2. 2.2 Reservation Priority For Existing Firm Service Customers: Existing firm service customers (wholesale requirements and transmissiononly, with a contract term of five years or more), have the right to continue to take transmission service from the Transmission Provider when the contract expires, rolls over or is renewed. This transmission reservation priority is independent of whether the existing customer continues to purchase capacity and energy from the Transmission Provider or elects to purchase capacity and energy from another supplier. If at the end of the contract term, the Transmission Provider's Transmission System cannot accommodate all of the requests for transmission service, the existing firm service customer must agree to accept a contract term at least equal to the longest competing request by any new Eligible Customer and to pay the current rate for such service; provided that, the firm service customer shall have a right of first refusal at the end of such service only if the new contract is for five years or more. The existing firm service customer must provide notice to the Transmission Provider whether it will exercise its right of first refusal no less than one year prior to the expiration date of its transmission service agreement. This transmission reservation priority for existing firm service customers is an ongoing right that may be exercised at the end of all firm contract terms of five years or longer. 3 Ancillary Services Ancillary Services are needed with transmission service to maintain reliability within and among the Control Areas affected by the transmission service. The Transmission Provider is required to provide (or offer to arrange with the local Control Area operator as discussed below), and the Transmission Customer is required to purchase, the following Ancillary Services (i) Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch, and (ii) Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation or Other Sources. The Transmission Provider is required to offer to provide (or offer to arrange with the local Control Area operator as discussed below) the following Ancillary Services only to the Transmission Customer serving load within the Transmission Provider's Control Area (i) Regulation and Frequency Response, (ii) Energy Imbalance, (iii) Operating Reserve Spinning, and (iv) Operating Reserve Supplemental. The Transmission Customer serving load within the Transmission Provider's Control Area is required to acquire these Ancillary Services, whether from the Transmission Provider, from a third party, or by self-supply. The Transmission Provider is required to provide (or offer to arrange with the local Control Area Operator as discussed below), to the extent it is physically feasible to do so from its resources or from resources available to it, Generator Imbalance Service when Transmission Service is used to deliver energy from a generator located within its Control Area. The Transmission Customer using Transmission Service to deliver energy from a generator located within the Transmission Provider's Control Area is required to acquire Generator Imbalance Service, whether from the Transmission Provider, from a third party, or by self-supply. The Transmission Customer may not decline the Transmission Provider's offer of Ancillary Services unless it demonstrates that it has acquired the Ancillary Services from another source. The Transmission Customer must list in its Application which Ancillary Services it will purchase from the Transmission Provider. A Transmission Customer that exceeds its firm reserved capacity at any Point of Receipt or Point of Delivery or an Eligible Customer that uses Transmission Service at a Point of Receipt or Point of Delivery that it has not reserved is required to pay for all of the Ancillary Services identified in this section that were provided by the Transmission Provider associated with the unreserved service. The Transmission Customer or Eligible Customer will pay for Ancillary Services based on the amount of transmission service it used but did not reserve. If the Transmission Provider is a public utility providing transmission service but is not a Control Area operator, it may be unable to provide some or all of the Ancillary Services. In this case, the Transmission Provider can fulfill its obligation to provide Ancillary Services by acting as the Transmission Customer's agent to secure these Ancillary Services from the Control Area operator. The Transmission Customer may elect to (i) have the Transmission Provider act as its agent, (ii) secure the Ancillary Services directly from the Control Area operator, or (iii) secure the Ancillary Services (discussed in Schedules 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9) from a third party or by self-supply when technically feasible. The Transmission Provider shall specify the rate treatment and all related terms and conditions in the event of an unauthorized use of Ancillary Services by the Transmission Customer. The specific Ancillary Services, prices and/or compensation methods are described on the Schedules that are attached to and made a part of the Tariff. Three principal requirements apply to discounts for Ancillary Services provided by the Transmission Provider in conjunction with its provision of transmission service as follows: (1) any offer of a discount made by the Transmission Provider must be announced to all Eligible Customers solely by posting on the OASIS, (2) any customer-initiated requests for discounts (including requests for use by one's wholesale merchant or an Affiliate's use) must occur solely by posting on the OASIS, and (3) once a discount is negotiated, details must be immediately posted on the OASIS. A discount agreed upon for an Ancillary Service must be offered for the same period to all Eligible Customers on the Transmission Provider's system. Sections 3.1 through 3.7 below list the seven Ancillary Services. 3.1 Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service: The rates and/or methodology are described in Schedule 1. 3.2 Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation or Other Sources Service: The rates and/or methodology are described in Schedule 2. 3.3 Regulation and Frequency Response Service: Where applicable the rates and/or methodology are described in Schedule 3. 3.4 Energy Imbalance Service: Where applicable the rates and/or methodology are described in Schedule 4. 3.5 Operating Reserve Spinning Reserve Service: Where applicable the rates and/or methodology are described in Schedule 5. 3.6 Operating Reserve Supplemental Reserve Service: Where applicable the rates and/or methodology are described in Schedule 6. 3.7 Generator Imbalance Service: Where applicable the rates and/or methodology are described in Schedule 9. 4 Open Access Same-Time Information System (OASIS) In the event transmission capability is insufficient to accommodate a request for firm transmission service, additional studies may be required as provided by this Tariff pursuant to Sections 19 and 32. The Transmission Provider shall post on its public website an electronic link to all rules, standards and practices that (i) relate to the terms and conditions of transmission service, (ii) are not subject to a North American Energy Standards Board (NAESB) copyright restriction, and (iii) are not otherwise included in this Tariff. The Transmission Provider shall post on its public website an electronic link to the NAESB website where any rules, standards and practices that are protected by copyright may be obtained. The Transmission Provider shall also post on its public website a statement of the process by which the Transmission Provider shall add, delete or otherwise modify the rules, standards and practices that are not included in this tariff. Such process shall set forth the means by which the Transmission Provider shall provide reasonable advance notice to Transmission Customers and Eligible Customers of any such additions, deletions or modifications, the associated effective date, and any additional implementation procedures that the Transmission Provider deems appropriate. 5 Tax Exempt Bonds 5.1 Facilities Financed by Tax Exempt Bonds: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Tariff, the Transmission Provider shall not be required to provide transmission service to any Eligible Customer pursuant to this Tariff if the provision of such transmission service would jeopardize the tax-exempt status of any bond(s) used to finance the Transmission Provider's facilities that would be used in providing such transmission service. If the Transmission Provider determines that the provision of transmission service requested by an Eligible Customer would jeopardize the tax-exempt status of any bond(s) used to finance its facilities that would be used in providing such transmission service, it shall so advise the Eligible Customer. 6 Reciprocity A Transmission Customer receiving transmission service under this Tariff agrees to provide comparable transmission service that it is capable of providing to the Transmission Provider on similar terms and conditions over facilities used for the transmission of electric energy owned, controlled or operated by the Transmission Customer and over facilities used for the transmission of electric energy owned, controlled or operated by the Transmission Customer's corporate Affiliates. A Transmission Customer that is a member of, or takes transmission service from, a power pool, Regional Transmission Group, Regional Transmission Organization (RTO), Independent System Operator (ISO) or other transmission organization approved by the Commission for the operation of transmission facilities also agrees to provide comparable transmission service to the transmission-owning members of such power pool and Regional Transmission Group, RTO, ISO or other transmission organization on similar terms and conditions over facilities used for the transmission of electric energy owned, controlled or operated by the Transmission Customer and over facilities used for the transmission of electric energy owned, controlled or operated by the Transmission Customer's corporate Affiliates. This reciprocity requirement applies not only to the Transmission Customer that obtains transmission service under the Tariff, but also to all parties to a transaction that involves the use of transmission service under the Tariff, including the power seller, buyer and any intermediary, such as a power marketer. This reciprocity requirement also applies to any Eligible Customer that owns, controls or operates transmission facilities that uses an intermediary, such as a power marketer, to request transmission service under the Tariff. If the Transmission Customer does not own, control or operate transmission facilities, it must include in its Application a sworn statement of one of its duly authorized officers or other representatives that the purpose of its Application is not to assist an Eligible Customer to avoid the requirements of this provision. 7 Billing and Payment 7.1 Billing Procedure: Within a reasonable time after the first day of each month, the Transmission Provider shall submit an invoice to the Transmission Customer for the charges for all services furnished under the Tariff during the preceding month. The invoice shall be paid by the Transmission Customer within twenty (20) days of receipt. All payments shall be made in immediately available funds payable to the Transmission Provider, or by wire transfer to a bank named by the Transmission Provider. 7.2 Interest on Unpaid Balances: Interest on any unpaid amounts (including amounts placed in escrow) shall be charged at 1% per month in accordance with the methodology specified for unpaid balances for Transmission Provider's retail accounts specified in Departmental Policy and Procedure 500 P III-302, section 4.16.2. Interest on delinquent amounts shall be calculated from the due date of the bill to the date of payment. When payments are made by mail, bills shall be considered as having been paid on the date of receipt by the Transmission Provider. 7.3 Customer Default: In the event the Transmission Customer fails, for any reason other than a billing dispute as described below, to make payment to the Transmission Provider on or before the due date as described above, and such failure of payment is not corrected within thirty (30) calendar days after the Transmission Provider notifies the Transmission Customer to cure such failure, a default by the Transmission Customer shall be deemed to exist. Upon the occurrence of a default, the Transmission Provider may terminate service. In the event of a billing dispute between the Transmission Provider and the Transmission Customer, the Transmission Provider will continue to provide service under the Service Agreement as long as the Transmission Customer (i) continues to make all payments not in dispute, and (ii) pays into an independent escrow account the portion of the invoice in dispute, pending resolution of such dispute. If the Transmission Customer fails to meet these two requirements for continuation of service, then the Transmission Provider may provide notice to the Transmission Customer of its intention to suspend service in sixty (60) days. 8 Accounting for the Transmission Provider's Use of the Tariff Upon commencement of service under this tariff to a Transmission Customer, the Transmission Provider shall record the following amounts, as outlined below. 8.1 Transmission Revenues: Include in a separate operating revenue account or subaccount the revenues it receives from Transmission Service when making Third-Party Sales under Part II of the Tariff. 8.2 Study Costs and Revenues: Include in a separate transmission operating expense account or subaccount, costs properly chargeable to expenses that are incurred to perform any System Impact Studies or Facilities Studies which the Transmission Provider conducts to determine if it must construct new transmission facilities or upgrades necessary for its own uses, including making Third-Party Sales under the Tariff; and include in a separate operating revenue account or subaccount the revenues received for System Impact Studies or Facilities Studies performed when such amounts are separately stated and identified in the Transmission Customer's billing under the Tariff. 9 Withdrawal Of and Changes To, The Tariff By The Transmission Provider Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Tariff or in a Service Agreement, the Transmission Provider shall have the right to unilaterally withdraw the Tariff at any time. Such withdrawal shall not affect existing Service Agreements for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service, including agreements for associated Ancillary Services procured under this Tariff which would continue to be performed under the grandfathered tariff agreement. Upon such withdrawal of the Tariff, the Transmission Provider shall provide a written termination notice to those Transmission Customers with Service Agreements for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. Such notice of termination shall be effective: (i) thirty (30) days from the date of receipt for those Service Agreements with a remaining term in excess of thirty (30) days, or (ii) on the last day of the current term of the Service Agreement for those Service Agreements with a remaining term of less than thirty (30) days. Nothing contained in the Tariff or any Service Agreement shall be construed as affecting in any way the right of the Transmission Provider to unilaterally make a change in rates, terms and conditions, charges, classification of service, and Service Agreement. 10 Force Majeure and Indemnification 10.1 Force Majeure: An event of Force Majeure means any act of God, labor disturbance, act of the public enemy, war, insurrection, riot, fire, storm or flood, explosion, breakage or accident to machinery or equipment, any Curtailment, order, regulation or restriction imposed by governmental military or lawfully established civilian authorities, or any other cause beyond a Party's control. A Force Majeure event does not include an act of negligence or intentional wrongdoing. Neither the Transmission Provider nor the Transmission Customer will be considered in default as to any obligation under this Tariff if prevented from fulfilling the obligation due to an event of Force Majeure. However, a Party whose performance under this Tariff is hindered by an event of Force Majeure shall make all reasonable efforts to perform its obligations under this Tariff. 10.2 Indemnification: The Transmission Customer shall at all times indemnify, defend, and save the Transmission Provider harmless from, any and all damages, losses, claims, including claims and actions relating to injury to or death of any person or damage to property, demands, suits, recoveries, costs and expenses, court costs, attorney fees, and all other obligations by or to third parties, arising out of or resulting from the Transmission Provider's performance of its obligations under this Tariff on behalf of the Transmission Customer, except in cases of negligence or intentional wrongdoing by the Transmission Provider. 11 Creditworthiness The Transmission Provider will specify its Creditworthiness procedures in Attachment L. 12 Resolution of Disputes Other Than Those Related to Termination: 12.1 Applicability of Section 12: The provisions of Section 12 shall be the exclusive basis by which to resolve all disputes arising under this Tariff except as otherwise provided in Section 12 and except for those disputes resulting from the Transmission Provider's proposed termination of service. 12.2 Internal Dispute Resolution Procedures: Any dispute between a Transmission Customer and the Transmission Provider involving transmission service under the Tariff (excluding disputes involving the Transmission Provider's termination of service under Section XX and disputes regarding changes to the rates, rate methodologies, or non-rate terms and conditions in this Tariff or any Service Agreement entered into under the Tariff, but including disputes regarding the Transmission Provider's proposed charges for Direct Assignment Facilities, Network Upgrades, stranded costs, and redispatch cost) shall be referred to a designated senior representative of the Transmission Provider and a senior representative of the Transmission Customer for resolution on an informal basis as promptly as practicable. In the event the designated representatives are unable to resolve the dispute within thirty (30) days or such other period as the Parties may agree upon by mutual agreement, such dispute may be submitted to arbitration and resolved in accordance with the arbitration procedures set forth below. 12.3 External Arbitration Procedures: Any arbitration initiated under this Section 12 shall be conducted before a single neutral arbitrator appointed by the Parties. If the Parties fail to agree upon a single arbitrator within ten (10) days of the referral of the dispute to arbitration, each Party shall choose one arbitrator who shall sit on a three-member arbitration panel. The two arbitrators so chosen shall within twenty (20) days select a third arbitrator to chair the arbitration panel. In either case, the arbitrators shall be knowledgeable in electric utility matters, including electric transmission and bulk power issues, and shall not have any current or past substantial business or financial relationships with any party to the arbitration (except prior arbitration). The arbitrator(s) shall provide each of the Parties an opportunity to be heard and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall generally conduct the arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. 12.4 Decisionmaking Standards: The arbitrator(s) shall resolve disputes regarding the Transmission Provider's proposed charges for Direct Assignment Facilities, Network Upgrades, redispatch costs and stranded costs in accordance with the Commission's policy for recovery of such costs by public utilities. All disputes shall be resolved consistent with Commission Order No. 888, as may be amended. 12.5 Arbitration Decisions: Unless otherwise agreed, the arbitrator(s) shall render a decision to disputes under this Section 12 within ninety (90) days of appointment and shall notify the Parties in writing of such decision and the reasons therefor. The arbitrator(s) shall be authorized only to interpret and apply the provisions of the Tariff and any Service Agreement entered into under the Tariff and shall have no power to modify or change any of the above in any manner. The decision of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding upon the Parties, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The decision of the arbitrator(s) may be appealed to a court of competent jurisdiction situated in the City of Seattle. 12.6 Costs: Each Party shall be responsible for its own costs incurred during the arbitration process and for the following costs, if applicable: 1. the cost of the arbitrator chosen by the Party to sit on the three member panel and one half of the cost of the third arbitrator chosen; or 2. one half the cost of the single arbitrator jointly chosen by the Parties. II. POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE Preamble The Transmission Provider will provide Firm and Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service pursuant to the applicable terms and conditions of this Tariff. Point-To-Point Transmission Service is for the receipt of capacity and energy at designated Point(s) of Receipt and the transfer of such capacity and energy to designated Point(s) of Delivery. 13 Nature of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service 13.1 Term: The minimum term of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall be one day and the maximum term shall be specified in the Service Agreement. 13.2 Reservation Priority: (i) Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall be available on a first-come, first-served basis, i.e., in the chronological sequence in which each Transmission Customer has requested service. (ii) Reservations for Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service will be conditional based upon the length of the requested transaction or reservation. However, Pre-Confirmed Applications for Short-Term Point-toPoint Transmission Service will receive priority over earlier-submitted requests that are not Pre-Confirmed and that have equal or shorter duration. Among requests or reservations with the same duration and, as relevant, pre-confirmation status (pre-Confirmed, confirmed or not confirmed), priority will be given to an Eligible Customer's request or reservation that offers the highest price, followed by the date and time of the request or reservation. (iii) If the Transmission System becomes oversubscribed, requests for service may preempt competing reservations up to the following conditional reservation deadlines: one day before the commencement of daily service, one week before the commencement of weekly service, and one month before the commencement of monthly service. Before the conditional reservation deadline, if available transfer capability is insufficient to satisfy all requests and reservations, an Eligible Customer with a reservation for shorter term service or equal duration service and lower price has the right of first refusal to match any longer term request or equal duration service with a higher price before losing its reservation priority. A longer term competing request for Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service will be granted if the Eligible Customer with the right of first refusal does not agree to match the competing request within 24 hours (or earlier if necessary to comply with the scheduling deadlines provided in section 13.8) from being notified by the Transmission Provider of a longer-term competing request for Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. When a longer duration request preempts multiple shorter duration reservations, the shorter duration reservations shall have simultaneous opportunities to exercise the right of first refusal. Duration, price and time of response will be used to determine the order by which the multiple shorter duration reservations will be able to exercise the right of first refusal. After the conditional reservation deadline, service will commence pursuant to the terms of Part II of the Tariff. (iv) Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service will always have a reservation priority over Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service under the Tariff. All Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service will have equal reservation priority with Native Load Customers and Network Customers. Reservation priorities for existing firm service customers are provided in Section 2.2. 13.3 Use of Firm Transmission Service by the Transmission Provider: Upon commencement of service under this tariff to a Transmission Customer, the Transmission Provider will be subject to the rates, terms and conditions of Part II of the Tariff when making Third-Party Sales using the transmission facilities included in this tariff. The Transmission Provider will maintain separate accounting, pursuant to Section 8, for any use of the Point-To-Point Transmission Service to make Third-Party Sales. 13.4 Service Agreements: The Transmission Provider shall offer a standard form Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service Agreement (Attachment A) to an Eligible Customer when it submits a Completed Application for Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. The Transmission Provider shall offer a standard form Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service Agreement (Attachment A) to an Eligible Customer when it first submits a Completed Application for Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service pursuant to the Tariff. An Eligible Customer that uses Transmission Service at a Point of Receipt or Point of Delivery that it has not reserved and that has not executed a Service Agreement will be deemed, for purposes of assessing any appropriate charges and penalties, to have executed the appropriate Service Agreement. The Service Agreement shall, when applicable, specify any conditional curtailment options selected by the Transmission Customer. Where the Service Agreement contains conditional curtailment options and is subject to a biennial reassessment as described in Section 15.4, the Transmission Provider shall provide the Transmission Customer notice of any changes to the curtailment conditions no less than 90 days prior to the date for imposition of new curtailment conditions. Concurrent with such notice, the Transmission Provider shall provide the Transmission Customer with the reassessment study and a narrative description of the study, including the reasons for changes to the number of hours per year or System Conditions under which conditional curtailment may occur. 13.5 Transmission Customer Obligations for Facility Additions or Redispatch Costs: In cases where the Transmission Provider determines that the Transmission System is not capable of providing Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service without (1) degrading or impairing the reliability of service to Native Load Customers, Network Customers and other Transmission Customers taking Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service, or (2) interfering with the Transmission Provider's ability to meet prior firm contractual commitments to others, the Transmission Provider will be obligated to expand or upgrade its Transmission System pursuant to the terms of Section 15.4. The Transmission Customer must agree to compensate the Transmission Provider for any necessary transmission facility additions pursuant to the terms of Section 27. To the extent the Transmission Provider can relieve any system constraint by redispatching the Transmission Provider's resources, it shall do so, provided that the Eligible Customer agrees to compensate the Transmission Provider pursuant to the terms of Section 27 and agrees to either (i) compensate the Transmission Provider for any necessary transmission facility additions or (ii) accept the service subject to a biennial reassessment by the Transmission Provider of redispatch requirements as described in Section 15.4. Any redispatch, Network Upgrade or Direct Assignment Facilities costs to be charged to the Transmission Customer on an incremental basis under the Tariff will be specified in the Service Agreement prior to initiating service. 13.6 Curtailment of Firm Transmission Service: In the event that a Curtailment on the Transmission Provider's Transmission System, or a portion thereof, is required to maintain reliable operation of such system and the system directly and indirectly interconnected with Transmission Provider's Transmission System, Curtailments will be made on a non-discriminatory basis to the transaction(s) that effectively relieve the constraint. Transmission Provider may elect to implement such Curtailments pursuant to the Transmission Loading Relief procedures specified in Attachment J. If multiple transactions require Curtailment, to the extent practicable and consistent with Good Utility Practice, the Transmission Provider will curtail service to Network Customers and Transmission Customers taking Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service on a basis comparable to the curtailment of service to the Transmission Provider's Native Load Customers. All Curtailments will be made on a non-discriminatory basis, however, Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall be subordinate to Firm Transmission Service. Long-Term Firm Point-to-Point Service subject to conditions described in Section 15.4 shall be curtailed with secondary service in cases where the conditions apply, but otherwise will be curtailed on a pro rata basis with other Firm Transmission Service. When the Transmission Provider determines that an electrical emergency exists on its Transmission System and implements emergency procedures to Curtail Firm Transmission Service, the Transmission Customer shall make the required reductions upon request of the Transmission Provider. However, the Transmission Provider reserves the right to Curtail, in whole or in part, any Firm Transmission Service provided under the Tariff when, in the Transmission Provider's sole discretion, an emergency or other unforeseen condition impairs or degrades the reliability of its Transmission System. The Transmission Provider will notify all affected Transmission Customers in a timely manner of any scheduled Curtailments. 13.7 Classification of Firm Transmission Service: (a) The Transmission Customer taking Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service may (1) change its Receipt and Delivery Points to obtain service on a non-firm basis consistent with the terms of Section 22.1 or (2) request a modification of the Points of Receipt or Delivery on a firm basis pursuant to the terms of Section 22.2. (b) The Transmission Customer may purchase transmission service to make sales of capacity and energy from multiple generating units that are on the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. For such a purchase of transmission service, the resources will be designated as multiple Points of Receipt, unless the multiple generating units are at the same generating plant in which case the units would be treated as a single Point of Receipt. (c) The Transmission Provider shall provide firm deliveries of capacity and energy from the Point(s) of Receipt to the Point(s) of Delivery. Each Point of Receipt at which firm transmission capacity is reserved by the Transmission Customer shall be set forth in the Firm Point-To-Point Service Agreement for Long-Term Firm Transmission Service along with a corresponding capacity reservation associated with each Point of Receipt. Points of Receipt and corresponding capacity reservations shall be as mutually agreed upon by the Parties for Short-Term Firm Transmission. Each Point of Delivery at which firm transfer capability is reserved by the Transmission Customer shall be set forth in the Firm Point-To-Point Service Agreement for Long-Term Firm Transmission Service along with a corresponding capacity reservation associated with each Point of Delivery. Points of Delivery and corresponding capacity reservations shall be as mutually agreed upon by the Parties for Short-Term Firm Transmission. The greater of either (1) the sum of the capacity reservations at the Point(s) of Receipt, or (2) the sum of the capacity reservations at the Point(s) of Delivery shall be the Transmission Customer's Reserved Capacity. The Transmission Customer will be billed for its Reserved Capacity under the terms of Schedule 7. The Transmission Customer may not exceed its firm capacity reserved at each Point of Receipt and each Point of Delivery except as otherwise specified in Section 22. The Transmission Provider shall specify the rate treatment and all related terms and conditions applicable in the event that a Transmission Customer (including ThirdParty Sales by the Transmission Provider) exceeds its firm reserved capacity at any Point of Receipt or Point of Delivery or uses Transmission Service at a Point of Receipt or Point of Delivery that it has not reserved. 13.8 Scheduling of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: Schedules for the Transmission Customer's Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service must be submitted to the Transmission Provider no later than 10:00 a.m. of the day prior to commencement of such service. Schedules submitted after 10:00 a.m. will be accommodated, if practicable. Hour-tohour schedules of any capacity and energy that is to be delivered must be stated in increments of 1,000 kW per hour. Transmission Customers within the Transmission Provider's service area with multiple requests for Transmission Service at a Point of Receipt, each of which is under 1,000 kW per hour, may consolidate their service requests at a common point of receipt into units of 1,000 kW per hour for scheduling and billing purposes. Scheduling changes will be permitted up to twenty (20) minutes before the start of the next clock hour provided that the Delivering Party and Receiving Party also agree to the schedule modification. The Transmission Provider will furnish to the Delivering Party's system operator, hour-to-hour schedules equal to those furnished by the Receiving Party (unless reduced for losses) and shall deliver the capacity and energy provided by such schedules. Should the Transmission Customer, Delivering Party or Receiving Party revise or terminate any schedule, such party shall immediately notify the Transmission Provider, and the Transmission Provider shall have the right to adjust accordingly the schedule for capacity and energy to be received and to be delivered. 14 Nature of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service 14.1 Term: Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service will be available for periods ranging from one (1) hour to one (1) month. However, a Purchaser of NonFirm Point-To-Point Transmission Service will be entitled to reserve a sequential term of service (such as a sequential monthly term without having to wait for the initial term to expire before requesting another monthly term) so that the total time period for which the reservation applies is greater than one month, subject to the requirements of Section 18.3. 14.2 Reservation Priority: Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall be available from transfer capability in excess of that needed for reliable service to Native Load Customers, Network Customers and other Transmission Customers taking Long-Term and Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. A higher priority will be assigned first to requests or reservations with a longer duration of service and second to Pre-Confirmed Applications. In the event the Transmission System is constrained, competing requests of the same Pre-Confirmation status and equal duration will be prioritized based on the highest price offered by the Eligible Customer for the Transmission Service. Eligible Customers that have already reserved shorter term service have the right of first refusal to match any longer term request before being preempted. A longer term competing request for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service will be granted if the Eligible Customer with the right of first refusal does not agree to match the competing request: (a) immediately for hourly Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service after notification by the Transmission Provider; and, (b) within 24 hours (or earlier if necessary to comply with the scheduling deadlines provided in section 14.6) for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service other than hourly transactions after notification by the Transmission Provider. Transmission service for Network Customers from resources other than designated Network Resources will have a higher priority than any Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service over secondary Point(s) of Receipt and Point(s) of Delivery will have the lowest reservation priority under the Tariff. 14.3 Use of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service by the Transmission Provider: The Transmission Provider will be subject to the rates, terms and conditions of Part II of the Tariff when making Third-Party Sales under agreements executed on or after the date that transmission service to a Transmission Customer under this tariff commences. The Transmission Provider will maintain separate accounting, pursuant to Section 8, for any use of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service to make Third-Party Sales. 14.4 Service Agreements: The Transmission Provider shall offer a standard form Non-Firm Point-ToPoint Transmission Service Agreement (Attachment B) to an Eligible Customer when it first submits a Completed Application for Non-Firm PointTo-Point Transmission Service pursuant to the Tariff. 14.5 Classification of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall be offered under terms and conditions contained in Part II of the Tariff. The Transmission Provider undertakes no obligation under the Tariff to plan its Transmission System in order to have sufficient capacity for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. Parties requesting Non-Firm PointTo-Point Transmission Service for the transmission of firm power do so with the full realization that such service is subject to availability and to Curtailment or Interruption under the terms of the Tariff. The Transmission Provider shall specify the rate treatment and all related terms and conditions applicable in the event that a Transmission Customer (including Third-Party Sales by the Transmission Provider) exceeds its non-firm capacity reservation. Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall include transmission of energy on an hourly basis and transmission of scheduled short-term capacity and energy on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, but not to exceed one month's reservation for any one Application, under Schedule 8. 14.6 Scheduling of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: Schedules for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service must be submitted to the Transmission Provider no later than 2:00 p.m. of the day prior to commencement of such service. Schedules submitted after 2:00 p.m. will be accommodated, if practicable. Hour-to-hour schedules of energy that is to be delivered must be stated in increments of 1,000 kW per hour. Transmission Customers within the Transmission Provider's service area with multiple requests for Transmission Service at a Point of Receipt, each of which is under 1,000 kW per hour, may consolidate their schedules at a common Point of Receipt into units of 1,000 kW per hour. Scheduling changes will be permitted up to twenty (20) minutes before the start of the next clock hour provided that the Delivering Party and Receiving Party also agree to the schedule modification. The Transmission Provider will furnish to the Delivering Party's system operator, hour-tohour schedules equal to those furnished by the Receiving Party (unless reduced for losses) and shall deliver the capacity and energy provided by such schedules. Should the Transmission Customer, Delivering Party or Receiving Party revise or terminate any schedule, such party shall immediately notify the Transmission Provider, and the Transmission Provider shall have the right to adjust accordingly the schedule for capacity and energy to be received and to be delivered. 14.7 Curtailment or Interruption of Service: The Transmission Provider reserves the right to Curtail, in whole or in part, Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service provided under the Tariff for reliability reasons when an emergency or other unforeseen condition threatens to impair or degrade the reliability of its Transmission System or the systems directly and indirectly interconnected with Transmission Provider's Transmission System. Transmission Provider may elect to implement such Curtailments pursuant to the Transmission Loading Relief procedures specified in Attachment J. The Transmission Provider reserves the right to Interrupt, in whole or in part, Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service provided under the Tariff for economic reasons in order to accommodate (1) a request for Firm Transmission Service, (2) a request for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service of greater duration, (3) a request for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service of equal duration with a higher price, (4) transmission service for Network Customers from non-designated resources, or (5) transmission service for Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service during conditional curtailment periods as described in Section 15.4. The Transmission Provider also will discontinue or reduce service to the Transmission Customer to the extent that deliveries for transmission are discontinued or reduced at the Point(s) of Receipt. Where required, Curtailments or Interruptions will be made on a non-discriminatory basis to the transaction(s) that effectively relieve the constraint, however, Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall be subordinate to Firm Transmission Service. If multiple transactions require Curtailment or Interruption, to the extent practicable and consistent with Good Utility Practice, Curtailments or Interruptions will be made to transactions of the shortest term (e.g., hourly non-firm transactions will be Curtailed or Interrupted before daily non-firm transactions and daily non-firm transactions will be Curtailed or Interrupted before weekly non-firm transactions). Transmission service for Network Customers from resources other than designated Network Resources will have a higher priority than any Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service under the Tariff. NonFirm Point-To-Point Transmission Service over secondary Point(s) of Receipt and Point(s) of Delivery will have a lower priority than any NonFirm Point-To-Point Transmission Service under the Tariff. The Transmission Provider will provide advance notice of Curtailment or Interruption where such notice can be provided consistent with Good Utility Practice. 15 Service Availability 15.1 General Conditions: The Transmission Provider will provide Firm and Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service over, on or across its Transmission System to any Transmission Customer that has met the requirements of Section 16. 15.2 Determination of Available Transfer Capability: A description of the Transmission Provider's specific methodology for assessing available transfer capability is contained in Attachment C of the Tariff. In the event sufficient transfer capability may not exist to accommodate a service request, the Transmission Provider will respond by performing a System Impact Study. 15.3 Initiating Service in the Absence of an Executed Service Agreement: If the Transmission Provider and the Transmission Customer requesting Firm or Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service cannot agree on all the terms and conditions of the Point-To-Point Service Agreement, the Transmission Customer and Transmission Provider shall initiate dispute resolution processes in accordance with Section 12 of this tariff. 15.4 Obligation to Provide Transmission Service that Requires Expansion or Modification of the Transmission System, Redispatch or Conditional Curtailment: (a) If the Transmission Provider determines that it cannot accommodate a Completed Application for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service because of insufficient capability on its Transmission System, the Transmission Provider will use due diligence to expand or modify its Transmission System to provide the requested Firm Transmission Service, consistent with its planning obligations in Attachment K, provided the Transmission Customer agrees to compensate the Transmission Provider for such costs pursuant to the terms of Section 27. The Transmission Provider will conform to Good Utility Practice and its planning obligations in Attachment K, in determining the need for new facilities and in the design and construction of such facilities. The obligation applies only to those facilities that the Transmission Provider has the right to expand or modify. (b) If the Transmission Provider determines that it cannot accommodate a Completed Application for Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service because of insufficient capability on its Transmission System, the Transmission Provider will use due diligence to provide redispatch from its own resources until (i) Network Upgrades are completed for the Transmission Customer, (ii) the Transmission Provider determines through a biennial reassessment that it can no longer reliably provide the redispatch, or (iii) the Transmission Customer terminates the service because of redispatch changes resulting from the reassessment. A Transmission Provider shall not unreasonably deny self-provided redispatch or redispatch arranged by the Transmission Customer from a third party resource. (c) If the Transmission Provider determines that it cannot accommodate a Completed Application for Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service because of insufficient capability on its Transmission System, the Transmission Provider will offer the Firm Transmission Service with the condition that the Transmission Provider may curtail the service prior to the curtailment of other Firm Transmission Service for a specified number of hours per year or during System Condition(s). If the Transmission Customer accepts the service, the Transmission Provider will use due diligence to provide the service until (i) Network Upgrades are completed for the Transmission Customer, (ii) the Transmission Provider determines through a biennial reassessment that it can no longer reliably provide such service, or (iii) the Transmission Customer terminates the service because the reassessment increased the number of hours per year of conditional curtailment or changed the System Conditions. 15.5 Deferral of Service: The Transmission Provider may defer providing service until it completes construction of new transmission facilities or upgrades needed to provide Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service whenever the Transmission Provider determines that providing the requested service would, without such new facilities or upgrades, impair or degrade reliability to any existing firm services. 15.6 Other Transmission Service Schedules: Eligible Customers receiving transmission service under other agreements with the Transmission Provider may continue to receive transmission service under those agreements until such time as those agreements may be modified by Seattle City Light. 15.7 Real Power Losses: Real Power Losses are associated with all transmission service. The Transmission Provider is not obligated to provide Real Power Losses. The Transmission Customer is responsible for replacing losses associated with all transmission service as calculated by the Transmission Provider pursuant to a System Impact Study. 16 Transmission Customer Responsibilities 16.1 Conditions Required of Transmission Customers: Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall be provided by the Transmission Provider only if the following conditions are satisfied by the Transmission Customer: (a) The Transmission Customer has pending a Completed Application for service; (b) The Transmission Customer meets the creditworthiness criteria set forth in Section 11; (c) The Transmission Customer will have arrangements in place for any other transmission service necessary to effect the delivery from the generating source to the Transmission Provider prior to the time service under Part II of the Tariff commences; (d) The Transmission Customer agrees to pay for any facilities constructed and chargeable to such Transmission Customer under Part II of the Tariff, whether or not the Transmission Customer takes service for the full term of its reservation; (e) The Transmission Customer provides the information required by the Transmission Provider's planning process established in Attachment K; and (f) The Transmission Customer has executed a Point-To-Point Service Agreement. 16.2 Transmission Customer Responsibility for Third-Party Arrangements: Any scheduling arrangements that may be required by other electric systems shall be the responsibility of the Transmission Customer requesting service. The Transmission Customer shall provide, unless waived by the Transmission Provider, notification to the Transmission Provider identifying such systems and authorizing them to schedule the capacity and energy to be transmitted by the Transmission Provider pursuant to Part II of the Tariff on behalf of the Receiving Party at the Point of Delivery or the Delivering Party at the Point of Receipt. However, the Transmission Provider will undertake reasonable efforts to assist the Transmission Customer in making such arrangements, including without limitation, providing any information or data required by such other electric system pursuant to Good Utility Practice. 17 Procedures for Arranging Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service 17.1 Application: A request for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service for periods of one year or longer must contain a written Application to oatt@seattle.gov, at least sixty (60) days in advance of the calendar month in which service is to commence. The Transmission Provider will consider requests for such firm service on shorter notice when feasible. Requests for firm service for periods of less than one year shall be subject to expedited procedures that shall be negotiated between the Parties within the time constraints provided in Section 17.5. All Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service requests should be submitted by transmitting the required information to the Transmission Provider by email to oatt@seattle.gov. This method will provide a time-stamped record for establishing the priority of the Application. 17.2 Completed Application: A Completed Application shall provide all of the information included in 18 CFR ? 2.20 including but not limited to the following: (i) The identity, address, telephone number, email address and facsimile number of the entity requesting service; (ii) A statement that the entity requesting service is, or will be upon commencement of service, an Eligible Customer under the Tariff; (iii) The location of the Point(s) of Receipt and Point(s) of Delivery and the identities of the Delivering Parties and the Receiving Parties; (iv) The location of the generating facility(ies) supplying the capacity and energy and the location of the load ultimately served by the capacity and energy transmitted. The Transmission Provider will treat this information as confidential except to the extent that disclosure of this information is required by this Tariff, by law or regulatory or judicial order, for reliability purposes pursuant to Good Utility Practice or pursuant to RTG transmission information sharing agreements. The Transmission Provider shall treat this information consistent with the standards of conduct contained in Part 37 of the Commission's regulations as may be adopted by Seattle City Light; (v) A description of the supply characteristics of the capacity and energy to be delivered; (vi) An estimate of the capacity and energy expected to be delivered to the Receiving Party; (vii) The Service Commencement Date and the term of the requested Transmission Service; (viii) The transmission capacity requested for each Point of Receipt and each Point of Delivery on the Transmission Provider's Transmission System; customers may combine their requests for service in order to satisfy the minimum transmission capacity requirement; (ix) A statement indicating that, if the Eligible Customer submits a PreConfirmed Application, the Eligible Customer will execute a Service Agreement upon receipt of notification that the Transmission Provider can provide the requested Transmission Service; and (x) Any additional information required by the Transmission Provider's planning process established in Attachment K. The Transmission Provider shall treat this information consistent with the standards of conduct contained in Part 37 of the Commission's regulations as may be adopted by Seattle City Light. 17.3 Deposit: A Completed Application for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service also shall include a deposit of either one month's charge for Reserved Capacity or the full charge for Reserved Capacity for service requests of less than one month. If the Application is rejected by the Transmission Provider because it does not meet the conditions for service as set forth herein, or in the case of requests for service arising in connection with losing bidders in a Request For Proposals (RFP), said deposit shall be returned with interest less any reasonable costs incurred by the Transmission Provider in connection with the review of the losing bidder's Application. The deposit also will be returned with interest less any reasonable costs incurred by the Transmission Provider if the Transmission Provider is unable to complete new facilities needed to provide the service. If an Application is withdrawn or the Eligible Customer decides not to enter into a Service Agreement for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service, the deposit shall be refunded in full, with interest, less reasonable costs incurred by the Transmission Provider to the extent such costs have not already been recovered by the Transmission Provider from the Eligible Customer. The Transmission Provider will provide to the Eligible Customer a complete accounting of all costs deducted from the refunded deposit, which the Eligible Customer may contest if there is a dispute concerning the deducted costs. Deposits associated with construction of new facilities are subject to the provisions of Section 19. If a Service Agreement for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service is executed, the deposit, with interest, will be returned to the Transmission Customer upon expiration or termination of the Service Agreement for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. Applicable interest shall be calculated in accordance with the methodology specified for interest on deposits in the electric service connection provisions in the Seattle Municipal Code, 21.49.110.X. The interest rate is earned at the rate of interest on the City's cash pool for the period during which the balance was held. Interest shall be calculated from the day the deposit check is credited to the Transmission Provider's account. 17.4 Notice of Deficient Application: If an Application fails to meet the requirements of the Tariff, the Transmission Provider shall notify the entity requesting service within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the reasons for such failure. The Transmission Provider will attempt to remedy minor deficiencies in the Application through informal communications with the Eligible Customer. If such efforts are unsuccessful, the Transmission Provider shall return the Application, along with any deposit, with interest. Upon receipt of a new or revised Application that fully complies with the requirements of Part II of the Tariff, the Eligible Customer shall be assigned a new priority consistent with the date of the new or revised Application. 17.5 Response to a Completed Application: Following receipt of a Completed Application for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service, the Transmission Provider shall make a determination of available transfer capability as required in Section 15.2. The Transmission Provider shall notify the Eligible Customer as soon as practicable, but not later than thirty (30) days after the date of receipt of a Completed Application either (i) if it will be able to provide service without performing a System Impact Study or (ii) if such a study is needed to evaluate the impact of the Application pursuant to Section 19.1. Responses by the Transmission Provider must be made as soon as practicable to all completed applications (including applications by its own merchant function) and the timing of such responses must be made on a non-discriminatory basis. 17.6 Execution of Service Agreement: Whenever the Transmission Provider determines that a System Impact Study is not required and that the service can be provided, it shall notify the Eligible Customer as soon as practicable but no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of the Completed Application. Where a System Impact Study is required, the provisions of Section 19 will govern the execution of a Service Agreement. Failure of an Eligible Customer to execute and return the Service Agreement or request the filing of an unexecuted service agreement pursuant to Section 15.3, within fifteen (15) days after it is tendered by the Transmission Provider will be deemed a withdrawal and termination of the Application and any deposit submitted shall be refunded with interest. Nothing herein limits the right of an Eligible Customer to file another Application after such withdrawal and termination. 17.7 Extensions for Commencement of Service: The Transmission Customer can obtain, subject to availability, up to five (5) one-year extensions for the commencement of service. The Transmission Customer may postpone service by paying a non-refundable annual reservation fee equal to one-month's charge for Firm Transmission Service for each year or fraction thereof within 15 days of notifying the Transmission Provider it intends to extend the commencement of service. If during any extension for the commencement of service an Eligible Customer submits a Completed Application for Firm Transmission Service, and such request can be satisfied only by releasing all or part of the Transmission Customer's Reserved Capacity, the original Reserved Capacity will be released unless the following condition is satisfied. Within thirty (30) days, the original Transmission Customer agrees to pay the Firm Point-To-Point transmission rate for its Reserved Capacity concurrent with the new Service Commencement Date. In the event the Transmission Customer elects to release the Reserved Capacity, the reservation fees or portions thereof previously paid will be forfeited. 18 Procedures for Arranging Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service 18.1 Application: Eligible Customers seeking Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service must submit a Completed Application to the Transmission Provider. Applications should be submitted by entering the information listed below on the Transmission Provider's OASIS. Prior to implementation of the Transmission Provider's OASIS, a Completed Application may be submitted by transmitting the required information to the Transmission Provider by email to oatt@seattle.gov. Each of these methods will provide a timestamped record for establishing the service priority of the Application. 18.2 Completed Application: A Completed Application shall provide all of the information included in 18 CFR section? 2.20 including but not limited to the following: (i) The identity, address, telephone number, email address and facsimile number of the entity requesting service; (ii) A statement that the entity requesting service is, or will be upon commencement of service, an Eligible Customer under the Tariff; (iii) The Point(s) of Receipt and the Point(s) of Delivery; (iv) The maximum amount of capacity requested at each Point of Receipt and Point of Delivery; and (v) The proposed dates and hours for initiating and terminating transmission service hereunder. In addition to the information specified above, when required to properly evaluate system conditions, the Transmission Provider also may ask the Transmission Customer to provide the following: (vi) The electrical location of the initial source of the power to be transmitted pursuant to the Transmission Customer's request for service; and (vii) The electrical location of the ultimate load. The Transmission Provider will treat this information in (vi) and (vii) as confidential at the request of the Transmission Customer except to the extent that disclosure of this information is required by this Tariff, by law or regulatory or judicial order, for reliability purposes pursuant to Good Utility Practice, or pursuant to RTG transmission information sharing agreements. The Transmission Provider shall treat this information consistent with the standards of conduct contained in Part 37 of the Commission's regulations as may be adopted by Seattle City Light. (viii) A statement indicating that, if the Eligible Customer submits a Pre-Confirmed Application, the Eligible Customer will execute a Service Agreement upon receipt of notification that the Transmission Provider can provide the requested Transmission Service. 18.3 Reservation of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: Requests for monthly service shall be submitted no earlier than sixty (60) days before service is to commence; requests for weekly service shall be submitted no earlier than fourteen (14) days before service is to commence, requests for daily service shall be submitted no earlier than two (2) days before service is to commence, and requests for hourly service shall be submitted no earlier than noon the day before service is to commence. Requests for service received later than 2:00 p.m. prior to the day service is scheduled to commence will be accommodated if practicable. 18.4 Determination of Available Transfer Capability: Following receipt of a tendered schedule the Transmission Provider will make a determination on a non-discriminatory basis of available transfer capability pursuant to Section 15.2. Such determination shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt, but not later than the following time periods for the following terms of service (i) thirty (30) minutes for hourly service, (ii) thirty (30) minutes for daily service, (iii) four (4) hours for weekly service, and (iv) two (2) days for monthly service. 19 Additional Study Procedures For Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service Requests 19.1 Notice of Need for System Impact Study: After receiving a request for service, the Transmission Provider shall determine on a non-discriminatory basis whether a System Impact Study is needed. A description of the Transmission Provider's methodology for completing a System Impact Study is provided in Attachment D. If the Transmission Provider determines that a System Impact Study is necessary to accommodate the requested service, it shall so inform the Eligible Customer, as soon as practicable. Once informed, the Eligible Customer shall timely notify the Transmission Provider if it elects to have the Transmission Provider study redispatch or conditional curtailment as part of the System Impact Study. If notification is provided prior to tender of the System Impact Study Agreement, the Eligible Customer can avoid the costs associated with the study of these options. The Transmission Provider shall within thirty (30) days of receipt of a Completed Application, tender a System Impact Study Agreement pursuant to which the Eligible Customer shall agree to reimburse the Transmission Provider for performing the required System Impact Study. For a service request to remain a Completed Application, the Eligible Customer shall execute the System Impact Study Agreement and return it to the Transmission Provider within fifteen (15) days. If the Eligible Customer elects not to execute the System Impact Study Agreement, its application shall be deemed withdrawn and its deposit, pursuant to Section 17.3, shall be returned with interest. 19.2 System Impact Study Agreement and Cost Reimbursement: (i) The System Impact Study Agreement will clearly specify the Transmission Provider's estimate of the actual cost, and time for completion of the System Impact Study. The charge shall not exceed the actual cost of the study. In performing the System Impact Study, the Transmission Provider shall rely, to the extent reasonably practicable, on existing transmission planning studies. The Eligible Customer will not be assessed a charge for such existing studies; however, the Eligible Customer will be responsible for charges associated with any modifications to existing planning studies that are reasonably necessary to evaluate the impact of the Eligible Customer's request for service on the Transmission System. (ii) If in response to multiple Eligible Customers requesting service in relation to the same competitive solicitation, a single System Impact Study is sufficient for the Transmission Provider to accommodate the requests for service, the costs of that study shall be pro-rated among the Eligible Customers. (iii) For System Impact Studies that the Transmission Provider conducts on its own behalf, the Transmission Provider shall record the cost of the System Impact Studies pursuant to Section 20. 19.3 System Impact Study Procedures: Upon receipt of an executed System Impact Study Agreement, the Transmission Provider will use due diligence to complete the required System Impact Study within a sixty (60) day period. The System Impact Study shall identify (1) any system constraints, identified with specificity by transmission element or flowgate, (2) redispatch options (when requested by an Eligible Customer) including an estimate of the cost of redispatch, (3) conditional curtailment options (when requested by an Eligible Customer) including the number of hours per year and the System Conditions during which conditional curtailment may occur, and (4) additional Direct Assignment Facilities or Network Upgrades required to provide the requested service. For customers requesting the study of redispatch options, the System Impact Study shall (1) identify all resources located within the Transmission Provider's Control Area that can significantly contribute toward relieving the system constraint and (2) provide a measurement of each resource's impact on the system constraint. If the Transmission Provider possesses information indicating that any resource outside its Control Area could relieve the constraint, it shall identify each such resource in the System Impact Study. In the event that the Transmission Provider is unable to complete the required System Impact Study within such time period, it shall so notify the Eligible Customer and provide an estimated completion date along with an explanation of the reasons why additional time is required to complete the required studies. A copy of the completed System Impact Study and related work papers shall be made available to the Eligible Customer as soon as the System Impact Study is complete. The Transmission Provider will use the same due diligence in completing the System Impact Study for an Eligible Customer as it uses when completing studies for itself. The Transmission Provider shall notify the Eligible Customer immediately upon completion of the System Impact Study if the Transmission System will be adequate to accommodate all or part of a request for service or that no costs are likely to be incurred for new transmission facilities or upgrades. In order for a request to remain a Completed Application, within fifteen (15) days of completion of the System Impact Study the Eligible Customer must execute a Service Agreement or request the filing of an unexecuted Service Agreement pursuant to Section 15.3, or the Application shall be deemed terminated and withdrawn. 19.4 Facilities Study Procedures: If a System Impact Study indicates that additions or upgrades to the Transmission System are needed to supply the Eligible Customer's service request, the Transmission Provider, within thirty (30) days of the completion of the System Impact Study, shall tender to the Eligible Customer a Facilities Study Agreement pursuant to which the Eligible Customer shall agree to reimburse the Transmission Provider for performing the required Facilities Study. For a service request to remain a Completed Application, the Eligible Customer shall execute the Facilities Study Agreement and return it to the Transmission Provider within fifteen (15) days. If the Eligible Customer elects not to execute the Facilities Study Agreement, its application shall be deemed withdrawn and its deposit, pursuant to Section 17.3, shall be returned with interest. Upon receipt of an executed Facilities Study Agreement, the Transmission Provider will use due diligence to complete the required Facilities Study within a sixty (60) day period. If the Transmission Provider is unable to complete the Facilities Study in the allotted time period, the Transmission Provider shall notify the Transmission Customer and provide an estimate of the time needed to reach a final determination along with an explanation of the reasons that additional time is required to complete the study. When completed, the Facilities Study will include a good faith estimate of (i) the cost of Direct Assignment Facilities to be charged to the Transmission Customer, (ii) the Transmission Customer's appropriate share of the cost of any required Network Upgrades as determined pursuant to the provisions of Part II of the Tariff, and (iii) the time required to complete such construction and initiate the requested service. The Transmission Customer shall provide the Transmission Provider with a letter of credit or other reasonable form of security acceptable to the Transmission Provider equivalent to the costs of new facilities or upgrades consistent with commercial practices as established by the Uniform Commercial Code. The Transmission Customer shall have thirty (30) days to execute a Service Agreement or request the filing of an unexecuted Service Agreement and provide the required letter of credit or other form of security or the request will no longer be a Completed Application and shall be deemed terminated and withdrawn. 19.5 Facilities Study Modifications: Any change in design arising from inability to site or construct facilities as proposed will require development of a revised good faith estimate. New good faith estimates also will be required in the event of new statutory or regulatory requirements that are effective before the completion of construction or other circumstances beyond the control of the Transmission Provider that significantly affect the final cost of new facilities or upgrades to be charged to the Transmission Customer pursuant to the provisions of Part II of the Tariff. 19.6 Due Diligence in Completing New Facilities: The Transmission Provider shall use due diligence to add necessary facilities or upgrade its Transmission System within a reasonable time. The Transmission Provider will not upgrade its existing or planned Transmission System in order to provide the requested Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service if doing so would impair system reliability or otherwise impair or degrade existing firm service. 19.7 Partial Interim Service: If the Transmission Provider determines that it will not have adequate transfer capability to satisfy the full amount of a Completed Application for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service, the Transmission Provider nonetheless shall be obligated to offer and provide the portion of the requested Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service that can be accommodated without addition of any facilities and through redispatch. However, the Transmission Provider shall not be obligated to provide the incremental amount of requested Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service that requires the addition of facilities or upgrades to the Transmission System until such facilities or upgrades have been placed in service. 19.8 Expedited Procedures for New Facilities: In lieu of the procedures set forth above, the Eligible Customer shall have the option to expedite the process by requesting the Transmission Provider to tender at one time, together with the results of required studies, an "Expedited Service Agreement" pursuant to which the Eligible Customer would agree to compensate the Transmission Provider for all costs incurred pursuant to the terms of the Tariff. In order to exercise this option, the Eligible Customer shall request in writing an expedited Service Agreement covering all of the above-specified items within thirty (30) days of receiving the results of the System Impact Study identifying needed facility additions or upgrades or costs incurred in providing the requested service. While the Transmission Provider agrees to provide the Eligible Customer with its best estimate of the new facility costs and other charges that may be incurred, such estimate shall not be binding and the Eligible Customer must agree in writing to compensate the Transmission Provider for all costs incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Tariff. The Eligible Customer shall execute and return such an Expedited Service Agreement within fifteen (15) days of its receipt or the Eligible Customer's request for service will cease to be a Completed Application and will be deemed terminated and withdrawn. 20 Procedures if The Transmission Provider is Unable to Complete New Transmission Facilities for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service 20.1 Delays in Construction of New Facilities: If any event occurs that will materially affect the time for completion of new facilities, or the ability to complete them, the Transmission Provider shall promptly notify the Transmission Customer. In such circumstances, the Transmission Provider shall within thirty (30) days of notifying the Transmission Customer of such delays, convene a technical meeting with the Transmission Customer to evaluate the alternatives available to the Transmission Customer. The Transmission Provider also shall make available to the Transmission Customer studies and work papers related to the delay, including all information that is in the possession of the Transmission Provider that is reasonably needed by the Transmission Customer to evaluate any alternatives. 20.2 Alternatives to the Original Facility Additions: When the review process of Section 20.1 determines that one or more alternatives exist to the originally planned construction project, the Transmission Provider shall present such alternatives for consideration by the Transmission Customer. If, upon review of any alternatives, the Transmission Customer desires to maintain its Completed Application subject to construction of the alternative facilities, it may request the Transmission Provider to submit a revised Service Agreement for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. If the alternative approach solely involves Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service, the Transmission Provider shall promptly tender a Service Agreement for Non-Firm Point-ToPoint Transmission Service providing for the service. In the event the Transmission Provider concludes that no reasonable alternative exists and the Transmission Customer disagrees, the Transmission Customer may seek relief under the dispute resolution procedures pursuant to Section 12. 20.3 Refund Obligation for Unfinished Facility Additions: If the Transmission Provider and the Transmission Customer mutually agree that no other reasonable alternatives exist and the requested service cannot be provided out of existing capability under the conditions of Part II of the Tariff, the obligation to provide the requested Firm Point-ToPoint Transmission Service shall terminate and any deposit made by the Transmission Customer shall be returned with interest. Applicable interest shall be calculated in accordance with the methodology specified for interest on deposits in the electric service connection provisions in the Seattle Municipal Code, 21.49.110.X. The interest rate is earned at the rate of interest on the City's cash pool for the period during which the balance was held. Interest shall be calculated from the day the deposit check is credited to the Transmission Provider's account. However, the Transmission Customer shall be responsible for all prudently incurred costs by the Transmission Provider through the time construction was suspended. 21 Provisions Relating to Transmission Construction and Services on the Systems of Other Utilities 21.1 Responsibility for Third-Party System Additions: The Transmission Provider shall not be responsible for making arrangements for any necessary engineering, permitting, and construction of transmission or distribution facilities on the system(s) of any other entity or for obtaining any regulatory approval for such facilities. The Transmission Provider will undertake reasonable efforts to assist the Transmission Customer in obtaining such arrangements, including without limitation, providing any information or data required by such other electric system pursuant to Good Utility Practice. 21.2 Coordination of Third-Party System Additions: In circumstances where the need for transmission facilities or upgrades is identified pursuant to the provisions of Part II of the Tariff, and if such upgrades further require the addition of transmission facilities on other systems, the Transmission Provider shall have the right to coordinate construction on its own system with the construction required by others. The Transmission Provider, after consultation with the Transmission Customer and representatives of such other systems, may defer construction of its new transmission facilities, if the new transmission facilities on another system cannot be completed in a timely manner. The Transmission Provider shall notify the Transmission Customer in writing of the basis for any decision to defer construction and the specific problems which must be resolved before it will initiate or resume construction of new facilities. Within sixty (60) days of receiving written notification by the Transmission Provider of its intent to defer construction pursuant to this section, the Transmission Customer may challenge the decision in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures pursuant to Section 12 or it may refer the dispute to the Commission for resolution. 22 Changes in Service Specifications 22.1 Modifications On a Non-Firm Basis: The Transmission Customer taking Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service may request the Transmission Provider to provide transmission service on a non-firm basis over Receipt and Delivery Points other than those specified in the Service Agreement ("Secondary Receipt and Delivery Points"), in amounts not to exceed its firm capacity reservation, without incurring an additional Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service charge or executing a new Service Agreement, subject to the following conditions. (a) Service provided over Secondary Receipt and Delivery Points will be non-firm only, on an as-available basis and will not displace any firm or non-firm service reserved or scheduled by third-parties under the Tariff or by the Transmission Provider on behalf of its Native Load Customers. (b) The sum of all Firm and non-firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service provided to the Transmission Customer at any time pursuant to this section shall not exceed the Reserved Capacity in the relevant Service Agreement under which such services are provided. (c) The Transmission Customer shall retain its right to schedule Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service at the Receipt and Delivery Points specified in the relevant Service Agreement in the amount of its original capacity reservation. (d) Service over Secondary Receipt and Delivery Points on a non-firm basis shall not require the filing of an Application for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service under the Tariff. However, all other requirements of Part II of the Tariff (except as to transmission rates) shall apply to transmission service on a non-firm basis over Secondary Receipt and Delivery Points. 22.2 Modification On a Firm Basis: Any request by a Transmission Customer to modify Receipt and Delivery Points on a firm basis shall be treated as a new request for service in accordance with Section 17 hereof, except that such Transmission Customer shall not be obligated to pay any additional deposit if the capacity reservation does not exceed the amount reserved in the existing Service Agreement. While such new request is pending, the Transmission Customer shall retain its priority for service at the existing firm Receipt and Delivery Points specified in its Service Agreement. 23 Sale or Assignment of Transmission Service 23.1 Procedures for Assignment or Transfer of Service: Subject to Transmission Provider approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, a Transmission Customer may sell, assign, or transfer all or a portion of its rights under its Service Agreement, but only to another Eligible Customer (the Assignee). The Transmission Customer that sells, assigns or transfers its rights under its Service Agreement is hereafter referred to as the Reseller. Compensation to Resellers shall not exceed the higher of (i) the original rate paid by the Reseller, (ii) the Transmission Provider's maximum rate on file at the time of the assignment, or (iii) the Reseller's opportunity cost capped at the Transmission Provider's cost of expansion; provided that, for service prior to October 1, 2010, compensation to Resellers shall be at rates established by agreement between the Reseller and the Assignee. The Assignee must execute a service agreement with the Transmission Provider governing reassignments of transmission service prior to the date on which the reassigned service commences. The Assignee must execute a service agreement with the Transmission Provider prior to the date on which the reassigned service commences that will govern the provision of reassigned service. If the Assignee does not request any change in the Point(s) of Receipt or the Point(s) of Delivery, or a change in any other term or condition set forth in the original Service Agreement, the Assignee will receive the same services as did the Reseller and the priority of service for the Assignee will be the same as that of the Reseller. The Assignee will be subject to all terms and conditions of this Tariff. If the Assignee requests a change in service, the reservation priority of service will be determined by the Transmission Provider pursuant to Section 13.2. 23.2 Limitations on Assignment or Transfer of Service: If the Assignee requests a change in the Point(s) of Receipt or Point(s) of Delivery, or a change in any other specifications set forth in the original Service Agreement, the Transmission Provider will consent to such change subject to the provisions of the Tariff, provided that the change will not impair the operation and reliability of the Transmission Provider's generation, transmission, or distribution systems. The Assignee shall compensate the Transmission Provider for performing any System Impact Study needed to evaluate the capability of the Transmission System to accommodate the proposed change and any additional costs resulting from such change. The Reseller shall remain liable for the performance of all obligations under the Service Agreement, except as specifically agreed to by the Transmission Provider and the Reseller through an amendment to the Service Agreement. 23.3 Information on Assignment or Transfer of Service: Information about all reassignments must be submitted in the form of Attachment A-1 to oatt@seattle.gov. In accordance with Section 4, all sales or assignments of capacity will be posted on the Transmission Provider's website or OASIS on or before the date the reassigned service commences and are subject to Section 23.1. 24 Metering and Power Factor Correction at Receipt and Delivery Points(s) 24.1 Transmission Customer Obligations: Unless otherwise agreed, the Transmission Customer shall be responsible for installing and maintaining compatible metering and communications equipment to accurately account for the capacity and energy being transmitted under Part II of the Tariff and to communicate the information to the Transmission Provider. Such equipment shall remain the property of the Transmission Customer. 24.2 Transmission Provider Access to Metering Data: The Transmission Provider shall have access to metering data, which may reasonably be required to facilitate measurements and billing under the Service Agreement. 24.3 Power Factor: Unless otherwise agreed, the Transmission Customer is required to maintain a power factor within the same range as the Transmission Provider pursuant to Good Utility Practices. The power factor requirements are specified in the Service Agreement where applicable. 25 Compensation for Transmission Service Rates for Firm and Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service are provided in the Schedules appended to the Tariff: Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service (Schedule 7); and Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service (Schedule 8). The Transmission Provider shall use Part II of the Tariff to make its Third-Party Sales. The Transmission Provider shall account for such use at the applicable Tariff rates, pursuant to Section 8. 26 Stranded Cost Recovery The Transmission Provider may seek to recover stranded costs from the Transmission Customer pursuant to this Tariff in accordance with the terms, conditions and procedures consistent with FERC Order No. 888. Compensation for New Facilities and Redispatch Costs Whenever a System Impact Study performed by the Transmission Provider in connection with the provision of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service identifies the need for new facilities, the Transmission Customer shall be responsible for such costs. Whenever a System Impact Study performed by the Transmission Provider identifies capacity constraints that may be relieved by redispatching the Transmission Provider's resources to eliminate such constraints, the Transmission Customer shall be responsible for the redispatch costs. III. NETWORK INTEGRATION TRANSMISSION SERVICE Preamble The Transmission Provider will provide Network Integration Transmission Service pursuant to the applicable terms and conditions contained in the Tariff and Service Agreement. Network Integration Transmission Service allows the Network Customer to integrate, economically dispatch and regulate its current and planned Network Resources to serve its Network Load in a manner comparable to that in which the Transmission Provider utilizes its Transmission System to serve its Native Load Customers. Network Integration Transmission Service also may be used by the Network Customer to deliver economy energy purchases to its Network Load from nondesignated resources on an as-available basis without additional charge. Transmission service for sales to non-designated loads will be provided pursuant to the applicable terms and conditions of Part II of the Tariff. 27 Nature of Network Integration Transmission Service 27.1 Scope of Service: Network Integration Transmission Service is a transmission service that allows Network Customers to efficiently and economically utilize their Network Resources (as well as other non-designated generation resources) to serve their Network Load located in the Transmission Provider's Control Area and any additional load that may be designated pursuant to Section 31.3 of the Tariff. The Network Customer taking Network Integration Transmission Service must obtain or provide Ancillary Services pursuant to Section 3. 27.2 Transmission Provider Responsibilities: The Transmission Provider will plan, construct, operate and maintain its Transmission System in accordance with Good Utility Practice and its planning obligations in Attachment K in order to provide the Network Customer with Network Integration Transmission Service over the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. Following the first Service Commencement Date of a Network Customer under this tariff, the Transmission Provider, on behalf of its Native Load Customers, shall be required to designate resources and loads in the same manner as any Network Customer under Part III of this Tariff. This information must be consistent with the information used by the Transmission Provider to calculate available transfer capability. The Transmission Provider shall include the Network Customer's Network Load in its Transmission System planning and shall, consistent with Good Utility Practice and Attachment K, endeavor to construct and place into service sufficient transfer capability to deliver the Network Customer's Network Resources to serve its Network Load on a basis comparable to the Transmission Provider's delivery of its own generating and purchased resources to its Native Load Customers. 27.3 Network Integration Transmission Service: The Transmission Provider will provide firm transmission service over its Transmission System to the Network Customer for the delivery of capacity and energy from its designated Network Resources to service its Network Loads on a basis that is comparable to the Transmission Provider's use of the Transmission System to reliably serve its Native Load Customers. 27.4 Secondary Service: The Network Customer may use the Transmission Provider's Transmission System to deliver energy to its Network Loads from resources that have not been designated as Network Resources. Such energy shall be transmitted, on an as-available basis, at no additional charge. Secondary service shall not require the filing of an Application for Network Integration Transmission Service under the Tariff. However, all other requirements of Part III of the Tariff (except for transmission rates) shall apply to secondary service. Deliveries from resources other than Network Resources will have a higher priority than any Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service under Part II of the Tariff. 27.5 Real Power Losses: Real Power Losses are associated with all transmission service. The Transmission Provider is not obligated to provide Real Power Losses. The Network Customer is responsible for replacing losses associated with all transmission service as calculated by the Transmission Provider pursuant to a System Impact Study. 27.6 Restrictions on Use of Service: The Network Customer shall not use Network Integration Transmission Service for (i) sales of capacity and energy to non-designated loads, or (ii) direct or indirect provision of transmission service by the Network Customer to third parties. All Network Customers taking Network Integration Transmission Service shall use Point-To-Point Transmission Service under Part II of the Tariff for any Third-Party Sale which requires use of the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. The Transmission Provider shall specify any appropriate charges and penalties and all related terms and conditions applicable in the event that a Network Customer uses Network Integration Transmission Service or secondary service pursuant to Section 28.4 to facilitate a wholesale sale that does not serve a Network Load. 28 Initiating Service 28.1 Condition Precedent for Receiving Service: Subject to the terms and conditions of Part III of the Tariff, the Transmission Provider will provide Network Integration Transmission Service to any Eligible Customer, provided that (i) the Eligible Customer completes an Application for service as provided under Part III of the Tariff, (ii) the Eligible Customer and the Transmission Provider complete the technical arrangements set forth in Sections 29.3 and 29.4, (iii) the Eligible Customer executes a Service Agreement pursuant to Attachment F for service under Part III of the Tariff or requests in writing that the Transmission Provider file a proposed unexecuted Service Agreement with the Commission, and (iv) the Eligible Customer executes a Network Operating Agreement with the Transmission Provider pursuant to Attachment G, or requests in writing that the Transmission Provider file a proposed unexecuted Network Operating Agreement. 28.2 Application Procedures: An Eligible Customer requesting service under Part III of the Tariff must submit an Application, with a deposit approximating the charge for one month of service, to the Transmission Provider as far as possible in advance of the month in which service is to commence. Unless subject to the procedures in Section 2, Completed Applications for Network Integration Transmission Service will be assigned a priority according to the date and time the Application is received, with the earliest Application receiving the highest priority. Applications should be submitted by entering the information listed below to oatt@seattle.gov. This method will provide a time-stamped record for establishing the service priority of the Application. A Completed Application shall provide all of the information including but not limited to the following: (i) The identity, address, telephone number, email address and facsimile number of the party requesting service; (ii) A statement that the party requesting service is, or will be upon commencement of service, an Eligible Customer under the Tariff; (iii) A description of the Network Load at each delivery point. This description should separately identify and provide the Eligible Customer's best estimate of the total loads to be served at each transmission voltage level, and the loads to be served from each Transmission Provider substation at the same transmission voltage level. The description should include a ten (10) year forecast of summer and winter load and resource requirements beginning with the first year after the service is scheduled to commence; (iv) The amount and location of any interruptible loads included in the Network Load. This shall include the summer and winter capacity requirements for each interruptible load (had such load not been interruptible), that portion of the load subject to interruption, the conditions under which an interruption can be implemented and any limitations on the amount and frequency of interruptions. An Eligible Customer should identify the amount of interruptible customer load (if any) included in the 10 year load forecast provided in response to (iii) above; (v) A description of Network Resources (current and 10-year projection). For each on-system Network Resource, such description shall include: * Unit size and amount of capacity from that unit to be designated as Network Resource * VAR capability (both leading and lagging) of all generators * Operating restrictions * Any periods of restricted operations throughout the year * Maintenance schedules * Minimum loading level of unit * Normal operating level of unit * Any must-run unit designations required for system reliability or contract reasons * Approximate variable generating cost ($/MWH) for redispatch computations * Arrangements governing sale and delivery of power to third parties from generating facilities located in the Transmission Provider Control Area, where only a portion of unit output is designated as a Network Resource; For each off-system Network Resource, such description shall include: * Identification of the Network Resource as an off-system resource * Amount of power to which the customer has rights * Identification of the control area(s) from which the power will originate * Delivery point(s) to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System * Transmission arrangements on the external transmission system(s) * Operating restrictions, if any * Any periods of restricted operations throughout the year * Maintenance schedules * Minimum loading level of unit * Normal operating level of unit * Any must-run unit designations required for system reliability or contract reasons * Approximate variable generating cost ($/MWH) for redispatch computations; (vi) Description of Eligible Customer's transmission system: * Load flow and stability data, such as real and reactive parts of the load, lines, transformers, reactive devices and load type, including normal and emergency ratings of all transmission equipment in a load flow format compatible with that used by the Transmission Provider * Operating restrictions needed for reliability * Operating guides employed by system operators * Contractual restrictions or committed uses of the Eligible Customer's transmission system, other than the Eligible Customer's Network Loads and Resources * Location of Network Resources described in subsection (v) above * 10 year projection of system expansions or upgrades * Transmission System maps that include any proposed expansions or upgrades * Thermal ratings of Eligible Customer's Control Area ties with other Control Areas; (vii) Service Commencement Date and the term of the requested Network Integration Transmission Service. The minimum term for Network Integration Transmission Service is one year; (viii) A statement signed by an authorized officer from or agent of the Network Customer attesting that all of the network resources listed pursuant to Section 29.2(v) satisfy the following conditions: (1) the Network Customer owns the resource, has committed to purchase generation pursuant to an executed contract, or has committed to purchase generation where execution of a contract is contingent upon the availability of transmission service under Part III of the Tariff; and (2) the Network Resources do not include any resources, or any portion thereof, that are committed for sale to non-designated third party load or otherwise cannot be called upon to meet the Network Customer's Network Load on a noninterruptible basis; and (ix) Any additional information required of the Transmission Customer as specified in the Transmission Provider's planning process established in Attachment K. Unless the Parties agree to a different time frame, the Transmission Provider must acknowledge the request within ten (10) days of receipt. The acknowledgement must include a date by which a response, including a Service Agreement, will be sent to the Eligible Customer. If an Application fails to meet the requirements of this section, the Transmission Provider shall notify the Eligible Customer requesting service within fifteen (15) days of receipt and specify the reasons for such failure. Wherever possible, the Transmission Provider will attempt to remedy deficiencies in the Application through informal communications with the Eligible Customer. If such efforts are unsuccessful, the Transmission Provider shall return the Application without prejudice to the Eligible Customer filing a new or revised Application that fully complies with the requirements of this section. The Eligible Customer will be assigned a new priority consistent with the date of the new or revised Application. The Transmission Provider shall treat this information consistent with the standards of conduct contained in Part 37 of the Commission's regulations as may be adopted by Seattle City Light. 28.3 Technical Arrangements to be Completed Prior to Commencement of Service: Network Integration Transmission Service shall not commence until the Transmission Provider and the Network Customer, or a third party, have completed installation of all equipment specified under the Network Operating Agreement consistent with Good Utility Practice and any additional requirements reasonably and consistently imposed to ensure the reliable operation of the Transmission System. The Transmission Provider shall exercise reasonable efforts, in coordination with the Network Customer, to complete such arrangements as soon as practicable taking into consideration the Service Commencement Date. 28.4 Network Customer Facilities: The provision of Network Integration Transmission Service shall be conditioned upon the Network Customer's constructing, maintaining and operating the facilities on its side of each delivery point or interconnection necessary to reliably deliver capacity and energy from the Transmission Provider's Transmission System to the Network Customer. The Network Customer shall be solely responsible for constructing or installing all facilities on the Network Customer's side of each such delivery point or interconnection. 29 Network Resources 29.1 Designation of Network Resources: Network Resources shall include all generation owned, purchased or leased by the Network Customer designated to serve Network Load under the Tariff. Network Resources may not include resources, or any portion thereof, that are committed for sale to non-designated third party load or otherwise cannot be called upon to meet the Network Customer's Network Load on a non-interruptible basis. Any owned or purchased resources that were serving the Network Customer's loads under firm agreements entered into on or before the Service Commencement Date shall initially be designated as Network Resources until the Network Customer terminates the designation of such resources. 29.2 Designation of New Network Resources: The Network Customer may designate a new Network Resource by providing the Transmission Provider with as much advance notice as practicable. A designation of a new Network Resource must be made by registered mail, email or through the Transmission Provider's OASIS by a request for modification of service pursuant to an Application under Section 29. This request must include a statement that the new network resource satisfies the following conditions: (1) the Network Customer owns the resource, has committed to purchase generation pursuant to an executed contract, or has committed to purchase generation where execution of a contract is contingent upon the availability of transmission service under Part III of the Tariff; and (2) The Network Resources do not include any resources, or any portion thereof, that are committed for sale to non-designated third party load or otherwise cannot be called upon to meet the Network Customer's Network Load on a non-interruptible basis. The Network Customer's request will be deemed deficient if it does not include this statement and the Transmission Provider will follow the procedures for a deficient application as described in Section 29.2 of the Tariff. 29.3 Termination of Network Resources: The Network Customer may terminate the designation of all or part of a generating resource as a Network Resource by providing notification to the Transmission Provider by registered mail, email or through OASIS as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than the firm scheduling deadline for the period of termination. Any request for termination of Network Resource status must indicate whether the request is for indefinite or temporary termination. A request for indefinite termination of Network Resource status must indicate the date and time that the termination is to be effective, and the identification and capacity of the resource(s) or portions thereof to be indefinitely terminated. A request for temporary termination of Network Resource status must include the following: (i) Effective date and time of temporary termination; (ii) Effective date and time of redesignation, following period of temporary termination; (iii) Identification and capacity of resource(s) or portions thereof to be temporarily terminated; (iv) Resource description and attestation for redesignating the network resource following the temporary termination, in accordance with Section 30.2; and (v) Identification of any related transmission service requests to be evaluated concomitantly with the request for temporary termination, such that the requests for undesignation and the request for these related transmission service requests must be approved or denied as a single request. The evaluation of these related transmission service requests must take into account the termination of the network resources identified in (iii) above, as well as all competing transmission service requests of higher priority. As part of a temporary termination, a Network Customer may only redesignate the same resource that was originally designated, or a portion thereof. Requests to redesignate a different resource and/or a resource with increased capacity will be deemed deficient and the Transmission Provider will follow the procedures for a deficient application as described in Section 29.2 of the Tariff. 29.4 Operation of Network Resources: The Network Customer shall not operate its designated Network Resources located in the Network Customer's or Transmission Provider's Control Area such that the output of those facilities exceeds its designated Network Load, plus Non-Firm Sales delivered pursuant to Part II of the Tariff, plus losses, plus power sales under a Commission-approved reserve sharing program. This limitation shall not apply to changes in the operation of a Transmission Customer's Network Resources at the request of the Transmission Provider to respond to an emergency or other unforeseen condition which may impair or degrade the reliability of the Transmission System. For all Network Resources not physically connected with the Transmission Provider's Transmission System, the Network Customer may not schedule delivery of energy in excess of the Network Resource's capacity, as specified in the Network Customer's Application pursuant to Section 29, unless the Network Customer supports such delivery within the Transmission Provider's Transmission System by either obtaining Point-to-Point Transmission Service or utilizing secondary service pursuant to Section 28.4. The Transmission Provider shall specify the rate treatment and all related terms and conditions applicable in the event that a Network Customer's schedule at the delivery point for a Network Resource not physically interconnected with the Transmission Provider's Transmission System exceeds the Network Resource's designated capacity, excluding energy delivered using secondary service or Point-to-Point Transmission Service. 29.5 Network Customer Redispatch Obligation: As a condition to receiving Network Integration Transmission Service, the Network Customer agrees to redispatch its Network Resources as requested by the Transmission Provider pursuant to Section 33.2. To the extent practical, the redispatch of resources pursuant to this section shall be on a least cost, non-discriminatory basis between all Network Customers, and the Transmission Provider. 29.6 Transmission Arrangements for Network Resources Not Physically Interconnected With The Transmission Provider: The Network Customer shall be responsible for any arrangements necessary to deliver capacity and energy from a Network Resource not physically interconnected with the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. The Transmission Provider will undertake reasonable efforts to assist the Network Customer in obtaining such arrangements, including without limitation, providing any information or data required by such other entity pursuant to Good Utility Practice. 29.7 Limitation on Designation of Network Resources: The Network Customer must demonstrate that it owns or has committed to purchase generation pursuant to an executed contract in order to designate a generating resource as a Network Resource. Alternatively, the Network Customer may establish that execution of a contract is contingent upon the availability of transmission service under Part III of the Tariff. 29.8 Use of Interface Capacity by the Network Customer: There is no limitation upon a Network Customer's use of the Transmission Provider's Transmission System at any particular interface to integrate the Network Customer's Network Resources (or substitute economy purchases) with its Network Loads. However, a Network Customer's use of the Transmission Provider's total interface capacity with other transmission systems may not exceed the Network Customer's Load. 29.9 Network Customer Owned Transmission Facilities: The Network Customer that owns existing transmission facilities that are integrated with the Transmission Provider's Transmission System may be eligible to receive consideration either through a billing credit or some other mechanism. In order to receive such consideration the Network Customer must demonstrate that its transmission facilities are integrated into the plans or operations of the Transmission Provider, to serve its power and transmission customers. For facilities added by the Network Customer subsequent to the February 16, 2007, the Network Customer shall receive credit for such transmission facilities added if such facilities are integrated into the operations of the Transmission Provider's facilities; provided however, the Network Customer's transmission facilities shall be presumed to be integrated if such transmission facilities, if owned by the Transmission Provider, would be eligible for inclusion in the Transmission Provider's annual transmission revenue requirement as specified in Attachment H. Calculation of any credit under this subsection shall be addressed in either the Network Customer's Service Agreement or any other agreement between the Parties. 30 Designation of Network Load 30.1 Network Load: The Network Customer must designate the individual Network Loads on whose behalf the Transmission Provider will provide Network Integration Transmission Service. The Network Loads shall be specified in the Service Agreement. 30.2 New Network Loads Connected With the Transmission Provider: The Network Customer shall provide the Transmission Provider with as much advance notice as reasonably practicable of the designation of new Network Load that will be added to its Transmission System. A designation of new Network Load must be made through a modification of service pursuant to a new Application. The Transmission Provider will use due diligence to install any transmission facilities required to interconnect a new Network Load designated by the Network Customer. The costs of new facilities required to interconnect a new Network Load shall be determined in accordance with the procedures provided in Section 32.4 and shall be charged to the Network Customer in accordance with Seattle City Light policies. 30.3 Network Load Not Physically Interconnected with the Transmission Provider: This section applies to both initial designation pursuant to Section 31.1 and the subsequent addition of new Network Load not physically interconnected with the Transmission Provider. To the extent that the Network Customer desires to obtain transmission service for a load outside the Transmission Provider's Transmission System, the Network Customer shall have the option of (1) electing to include the entire load as Network Load for all purposes under Part III of the Tariff and designating Network Resources in connection with such additional Network Load, or (2) excluding that entire load from its Network Load and purchasing Point-ToPoint Transmission Service under Part II of the Tariff. To the extent that the Network Customer gives notice of its intent to add a new Network Load as part of its Network Load pursuant to this section the request must be made through a modification of service pursuant to a new Application. 30.4 New Interconnection Points: To the extent the Network Customer desires to add a new Delivery Point or interconnection point between the Transmission Provider's Transmission System and a Network Load, the Network Customer shall provide the Transmission Provider with as much advance notice as reasonably practicable. 30.5 Changes in Service Requests: Under no circumstances shall the Network Customer's decision to cancel or delay a requested change in Network Integration Transmission Service (e.g. the addition of a new Network Resource or designation of a new Network Load) in any way relieve the Network Customer of its obligation to pay the costs of transmission facilities constructed by the Transmission Provider and charged to the Network Customer as reflected in the Service Agreement. However, the Transmission Provider must treat any requested change in Network Integration Transmission Service in a non-discriminatory manner. 30.6 Annual Load and Resource Information Updates: The Network Customer shall provide the Transmission Provider with annual updates of Network Load and Network Resource forecasts consistent with those included in its Application for Network Integration Transmission Service under Part III of the Tariff including, but not limited to, any information provided under section 29.2(ix) pursuant to the Transmission Provider's planning process in Attachment K. The Network Customer also shall provide the Transmission Provider with timely written notice of material changes in any other information provided in its Application relating to the Network Customer's Network Load, Network Resources, its transmission system or other aspects of its facilities or operations affecting the Transmission Provider's ability to provide reliable service. 31 Additional Study Procedures For Network Integration Transmission Service Requests 31.1 Notice of Need for System Impact Study: After receiving a request for service, the Transmission Provider shall determine on a non-discriminatory basis whether a System Impact Study is needed. A description of the Transmission Provider's methodology for completing a System Impact Study is provided in Attachment D. If the Transmission Provider determines that a System Impact Study is necessary to accommodate the requested service, it shall so inform the Eligible Customer, as soon as practicable. In such cases, the Transmission Provider shall within thirty (30) days of receipt of a Completed Application, tender a System Impact Study Agreement pursuant to which the Eligible Customer shall agree to reimburse the Transmission Provider for performing the required System Impact Study. For a service request to remain a Completed Application, the Eligible Customer shall execute the System Impact Study Agreement and return it to the Transmission Provider within fifteen (15) days. If the Eligible Customer elects not to execute the System Impact Study Agreement, its Application shall be deemed withdrawn and its deposit shall be returned with interest. 31.2 System Impact Study Agreement and Cost Reimbursement: (i) The System Impact Study Agreement will clearly specify the Transmission Provider's estimate of the actual cost, and time for completion of the System Impact Study. The charge shall not exceed the actual cost of the study. In performing the System Impact Study, the Transmission Provider shall rely, to the extent reasonably practicable, on existing transmission planning studies. The Eligible Customer will not be assessed a charge for such existing studies; however, the Eligible Customer will be responsible for charges associated with any modifications to existing planning studies that are reasonably necessary to evaluate the impact of the Eligible Customer's request for service on the Transmission System. (ii) If in response to multiple Eligible Customers requesting service in relation to the same competitive solicitation, a single System Impact Study is sufficient for the Transmission Provider to accommodate the service requests, the costs of that study shall be pro-rated among the Eligible Customers. (iii) For System Impact Studies that the Transmission Provider conducts on its own behalf, the Transmission Provider shall record the cost of the System Impact Studies pursuant to Section 8. 31.3 System Impact Study Procedures: Upon receipt of an executed System Impact Study Agreement, the Transmission Provider will use due diligence to complete the required System Impact Study within a sixty (60) day period. The System Impact Study shall identify (1) any system constraints identified with specificity by transmission element or flowgate, (2) redispatch options, (when requested by an Eligible Customer) including, to the extent possible, an estimate of the cost of redispatch, (3) available options for installation of automatic devices to curtail service (when requested by an Eligible Customer), and (4) additional Direct Assignment Facilities or Network Upgrades required to provide the requested service. For customers requesting the study of redispatch options, the System Impact Study shall (1) identify all resources located within the Transmission Provider's Control Area that can significantly contribute toward relieving the system constraint and (2) provide a measurement of each resource's impact on the system constraint. If the Transmission Provider possesses information indicating that any resource outside its Control Area could relieve the constraint, it shall identify each such resource in the System Impact Study. In the event that the Transmission Provider is unable to complete the required System Impact Study within such time period, it shall so notify the Eligible Customer and provide an estimated completion date along with an explanation of the reasons why additional time is required to complete the required studies. A copy of the completed System Impact Study and related work papers shall be made available to the Eligible Customer as soon as the System Impact Study is complete. The Transmission Provider will use the same due diligence in completing the System Impact Study for an Eligible Customer as it uses when completing studies for itself. The Transmission Provider shall notify the Eligible Customer immediately upon completion of the System Impact Study if the Transmission System will be adequate to accommodate all or part of a request for service or that no costs are likely to be incurred for new transmission facilities or upgrades. In order for a request to remain a Completed Application, within fifteen (15) days of completion of the System Impact Study the Eligible Customer must execute a Service Agreement or request the filing of an unexecuted Service Agreement, or the Application shall be deemed terminated and withdrawn. 31.4 Facilities Study Procedures: If a System Impact Study indicates that additions or upgrades to the Transmission System are needed to supply the Eligible Customer's service request, the Transmission Provider, within thirty (30) days of the completion of the System Impact Study, shall tender to the Eligible Customer a Facilities Study Agreement pursuant to which the Eligible Customer shall agree to reimburse the Transmission Provider for performing the required Facilities Study. For a service request to remain a Completed Application, the Eligible Customer shall execute the Facilities Study Agreement and return it to the Transmission Provider within fifteen (15) days. If the Eligible Customer elects not to execute the Facilities Study Agreement, its Application shall be deemed withdrawn and its deposit shall be returned with interest. Upon receipt of an executed Facilities Study Agreement, the Transmission Provider will use due diligence to complete the required Facilities Study within a sixty (60) day period. If the Transmission Provider is unable to complete the Facilities Study in the allotted time period, the Transmission Provider shall notify the Eligible Customer and provide an estimate of the time needed to reach a final determination along with an explanation of the reasons that additional time is required to complete the study. When completed, the Facilities Study will include a good faith estimate of (i) the cost of Direct Assignment Facilities to be charged to the Eligible Customer, (ii) the Eligible Customer's appropriate share of the cost of any required Network Upgrades, and (iii) the time required to complete such construction and initiate the requested service. The Eligible Customer shall provide the Transmission Provider with a letter of credit or other reasonable form of security acceptable to the Transmission Provider equivalent to the costs of new facilities or upgrades consistent with commercial practices as established by the Uniform Commercial Code. The Eligible Customer shall have thirty (30) days to execute a Service Agreement or request the filing of an unexecuted Service Agreement and provide the required letter of credit or other form of security or the request no longer will be a Completed Application and shall be deemed terminated and withdrawn. 32 Load Shedding and Curtailments 32.1 Procedures: Prior to the Service Commencement Date, the Transmission Provider and the Network Customer shall establish Load Shedding and Curtailment procedures pursuant to the Network Operating Agreement with the objective of responding to contingencies on the Transmission System and on systems directly and indirectly interconnected with Transmission Provider's Transmission System. The Parties will implement such programs during any period when the Transmission Provider determines that a system contingency exists and such procedures are necessary to alleviate such contingency. The Transmission Provider will notify all affected Network Customers in a timely manner of any scheduled Curtailment. 32.2 Transmission Constraints: During any period when the Transmission Provider determines that a transmission constraint exists on the Transmission System, and such constraint may impair the reliability of the Transmission Provider's system, the Transmission Provider will take whatever actions, consistent with Good Utility Practice, that are reasonably necessary to maintain the reliability of the Transmission Provider's system. To the extent the Transmission Provider determines that the reliability of the Transmission System can be maintained by redispatching resources, the Transmission Provider will initiate procedures pursuant to the Network Operating Agreement to redispatch all Network Resources and the Transmission Provider's own resources on a least-cost basis without regard to the ownership of such resources. Any redispatch under this section may not unduly discriminate between the Transmission Provider's use of the Transmission System on behalf of its Native Load Customers and any Network Customer's use of the Transmission System to serve its designated Network Load. 32.3 Cost Responsibility for Relieving Transmission Constraints: Whenever the Transmission Provider implements least-cost redispatch procedures in response to a transmission constraint, the Transmission Provider and Network Customers will each bear a proportionate share of the total redispatch cost based on their respective Load Ratio Shares. 32.4 Curtailments of Scheduled Deliveries: If a transmission constraint on the Transmission Provider's Transmission System cannot be relieved through the implementation of least-cost redispatch procedures and the Transmission Provider determines that it is necessary to Curtail scheduled deliveries, the Parties shall Curtail such schedules in accordance with the Network Operating Agreement or pursuant to the Transmission Loading Relief procedures specified in Attachment J. 32.5 Allocation of Curtailments: The Transmission Provider shall, on a non-discriminatory basis, Curtail the transaction(s) that effectively relieve the constraint. However, to the extent practicable and consistent with Good Utility Practice, any Curtailment will be shared by the Transmission Provider and Network Customer in proportion to their respective Load Ratio Shares. The Transmission Provider shall not direct the Network Customer to Curtail schedules to an extent greater than the Transmission Provider would Curtail the Transmission Provider's schedules under similar circumstances. 32.6 Load Shedding: To the extent that a system contingency exists on the Transmission Provider's Transmission System and the Transmission Provider determines that it is necessary for the Transmission Provider and the Network Customer to shed load, the Parties shall shed load in accordance with previously established procedures under the Network Operating Agreement. 32.7 System Reliability: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Tariff, the Transmission Provider reserves the right, consistent with Good Utility Practice and on a not unduly discriminatory basis, to Curtail Network Integration Transmission Service without liability on the Transmission Provider's part for the purpose of making necessary adjustments to, changes in, or repairs on its lines, substations and facilities, and in cases where the continuance of Network Integration Transmission Service would endanger persons or property. In the event of any adverse condition(s) or disturbance(s) on the Transmission Provider's Transmission System or on any other system(s) directly or indirectly interconnected with the Transmission Provider's Transmission System, the Transmission Provider, consistent with Good Utility Practice, also may Curtail Network Integration Transmission Service in order to (i) limit the extent or damage of the adverse condition(s) or disturbance(s), (ii) prevent damage to generating or transmission facilities, or (iii) expedite restoration of service. The Transmission Provider will give the Network Customer as much advance notice as is practicable in the event of such Curtailment. Any Curtailment of Network Integration Transmission Service will not be unduly discriminatory relative to the Transmission Provider's use of the Transmission System on behalf of its Native Load Customers. The Transmission Provider shall specify the rate treatment and all related terms and conditions applicable in the event that the Network Customer fails to respond to established Load Shedding and Curtailment procedures. 33 Rates and Charges The Network Customer shall pay the Transmission Provider for any Direct Assignment Facilities, Ancillary Services, and applicable study costs, consistent with Seattle City Light policy, along with the following: 33.1 Monthly Demand Charge: The Network Customer shall pay a monthly Demand Charge, which shall be determined by multiplying its Load Ratio Share times one twelfth (1/12) of the Transmission Provider's Annual Transmission Revenue Requirement specified in Schedule H. 33.2 Determination of Network Customer's Monthly Network Load: The Network Customer's monthly Network Load is its hourly load (including its designated Network Load not physically interconnected with the Transmission Provider under Section 31.3) coincident with the Transmission Provider's Monthly Transmission System Peak. 33.3 Determination of Transmission Provider's Monthly Transmission System Load: The Transmission Provider's monthly Transmission System load is the Transmission Provider's Monthly Transmission System Peak minus the coincident peak usage of all Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service customers pursuant to Part II of this Tariff plus the Reserved Capacity of all Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service customers. 33.4 Redispatch Charge: The Network Customer shall pay a Load Ratio Share of any redispatch costs allocated between the Network Customer and the Transmission Provider pursuant to Section 33. To the extent that the Transmission Provider incurs an obligation to the Network Customer for redispatch costs in accordance with Section 33, such amounts shall be credited against the Network Customer's bill for the applicable month. 33.5 Stranded Cost Recovery: The Transmission Provider may seek to recover stranded costs from the Network Customer pursuant to this Tariff. 34 Operating Arrangements 34.1 Operation under The Network Operating Agreement: The Network Customer shall plan, construct, operate and maintain its facilities in accordance with Good Utility Practice and in conformance with the Network Operating Agreement. 34.2 Network Operating Agreement: The terms and conditions under which the Network Customer shall operate its facilities and the technical and operational matters associated with the implementation of Part III of the Tariff shall be specified in the Network Operating Agreement. The Network Operating Agreement shall provide for the Parties to (i) operate and maintain equipment necessary for integrating the Network Customer within the Transmission Provider's Transmission System (including, but not limited to, remote terminal units, metering, communications equipment and relaying equipment), (ii) transfer data between the Transmission Provider and the Network Customer (including, but not limited to, heat rates and operational characteristics of Network Resources, generation schedules for units outside the Transmission Provider's Transmission System, interchange schedules, unit outputs for redispatch required under Section 33, voltage schedules, loss factors and other real time data), (iii) use software programs required for data links and constraint dispatching, (iv) exchange data on forecasted loads and resources necessary for long-term planning, and (v) address any other technical and operational considerations required for implementation of Part III of the Tariff, including scheduling protocols. The Network Operating Agreement will recognize that the Network Customer shall either (i) operate as a Control Area under applicable guidelines of the Electric Reliability Organization (ERO) as defined in 18 C.F.R. section 39.1, (ii) satisfy its Control Area requirements, including all necessary Ancillary Services, by contracting with the Transmission Provider, or (iii) satisfy its Control Area requirements, including all necessary Ancillary Services, by contracting with another entity, consistent with Good Utility Practice, which satisfies the applicable reliability guidelines of the ERO. The Transmission Provider shall not unreasonably refuse to accept contractual arrangements with another entity for Ancillary Services. The Network Operating Agreement is included in Attachment G. 4 Exhibit A to Attachment 1 to SCL OATT ORD SCHEDULE 1 Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service This service is required to schedule the movement of power through, out of, within, or into a Control Area. This service can be provided only by the operator of the Control Area in which the transmission facilities used for transmission service are located. Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service is to be provided directly by the Transmission Provider (if the Transmission Provider is the Control Area operator) or indirectly by the Transmission Provider making arrangements with the Control Area operator that performs this service for the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. The Transmission Customer must purchase this service from the Transmission Provider or the Control Area operator. The charges for Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service are to be based on the rates set forth below. To the extent the Control Area operator performs this service for the Transmission Provider, charges to the Transmission Customer are to reflect only a pass-through of the costs charged to the Transmission Provider by that Control Area operator. Point-to-Point Service 1) Yearly Service $3.6720 per kW of Reserved Capacity per year 2) Monthly delivery $0.3060 per kW of Reserved Capacity per month 3) Weekly delivery $0.0706 per kW of Reserved Capacity per week 4) Daily delivery $0.0141 per kW of Reserved Capacity per day 5) Hourly delivery $0.8827 per MW of Reserved Capacity per hour Network integration Service 6) Monthly delivery $0.3060 per kW of monthly network load per month SCHEDULE 2 Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation or Other Sources Service In order to maintain transmission voltages on the Transmission Provider's transmission facilities within acceptable limits, generation facilities and non-generation resources capable of providing this service that are under the control of the control area operator are operated to produce (or absorb) reactive power. Thus, Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation or Other Sources Service must be provided for each transaction on the Transmission Provider's transmission facilities. The amount of Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation or Other Sources Service that must be supplied with respect to the Transmission Customer's transaction will be determined based on the reactive power support necessary to maintain transmission voltages within limits that are generally accepted in the region and consistently adhered to by the Transmission Provider. Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation or Other Sources Service is to be provided directly by the Transmission Provider (if the Transmission Provider is the Control Area operator) or indirectly by the Transmission Provider making arrangements with the Control Area operator that performs this service for the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. The Transmission Customer must purchase this service from the Transmission Provider or the Control Area operator. The charges for such service will be based on the rates set forth below. To the extent the Control Area operator performs this service for the Transmission Provider, charges to the Transmission Customer are to reflect only a pass-through of the costs charged to the Transmission Provider by the Control Area operator. For Generators Receiving PTP Service: Transmission Customers that are Generators Operators must comply with all applicable NERC and WECC standards by providing reactive power and voltage control at their point of interconnection with the SCL transmission system. Other requirements may be specified in the generator interconnection agreement (LGIA/SGIA), and voltage schedules will be periodically provided by SCL system dispatchers. As a Responsible Entity subject to the applicable NERC and WECC standards, Generator Operators accept full responsibility for monitoring and demonstrating compliance with these standards. SCL shall not be liable for sanctions if the Generator Operator fails to comply with these standards. For Network Transmission Customers: Network Transmission Customers that maintain an average monthly power factor at each Point of Delivery between 0.97 and 1.00 are subject to a charge under this schedule of $0.00 per kWh per month. Customers with an average monthly power factor of less than 0.97 will be charged in accordance with Seattle Municipal Code 21.49.080 (Power factor rate Schedule PF) in its current version or any successor. All other provisions of Schedule PF (or its successor) shall also apply to Network Transmission Customers. SCHEDULE 3 Regulation and Frequency Response Service Regulation and Frequency Response Service is necessary to provide for the continuous balancing of resources (generation and interchange) with load and for maintaining scheduled Interconnection frequency at sixty cycles per second (60 Hz). Regulation and Frequency Response Service is accomplished by committing on-line generation whose output is raised or lowered (predominantly through the use of automatic generating control equipment) and by other non-generation resources capable of providing this service as necessary to follow the moment-by-moment changes in load. The obligation to maintain this balance between resources and load lies with the Transmission Provider (or the Control Area operator that performs this function for the Transmission Provider). The Transmission Provider must offer this service when the transmission service is used to serve load within its Control Area. The Transmission Customer must either purchase this service from the Transmission Provider or make alternative comparable arrangements to satisfy its Regulation and Frequency Response Service obligation. The amount of and charges for Regulation and Frequency Response Service are set forth below. To the extent the Control Area operator performs this service for the Transmission Provider, charges to the Transmission Customer are to reflect only a pass-through of the costs charged to the Transmission Provider by that Control Area operator. The Transmission Customer shall identify in its Application the manner by which it intends to provide for Regulation and Frequency Response Service. The use of any resources owned by parties other than the Transmission Provider shall conform to applicable Electric Reliability Organization (ERO) criteria. If Transmission Service is used to serve load within, or export power from the Seattle City Light Balancing Area, the Transmission Customer shall purchase Regulation and Frequency Response Service in the following amounts: The charges for Regulation and Frequency Response are: Point-to-Point Service 1) Yearly Service $0.8468 per kW of Reserved Capacity per year 2) Monthly delivery $0.0706 per kW of Reserved Capacity per month 3) Weekly delivery $0.0163 per kW of Reserved Capacity per week 4) Daily delivery $0.0033 per kW of Reserved Capacity per day 5) Hourly delivery $0.2035 per MW of Reserved Capacity per hour Network integration Service 6) Monthly delivery $1.2700 per kW of monthly network load per month SCHEDULE 4 Energy Imbalance Service Energy Imbalance Service is provided when a difference occurs between the scheduled and the actual delivery of energy to a load located within a Control Area over a single hour. The Transmission Provider must offer this service when the transmission service is used to serve load within its Control Area. The Transmission Customer must either purchase this service from the Transmission Provider or make alternative comparable arrangements, which may include use of non-generation resources capable of providing this service, to satisfy its Energy Imbalance Service obligation. To the extent the Control Area operator performs this service for the Transmission Provider, charges to the Transmission Customer are to reflect only a pass-through of the costs charged to the Transmission Provider by that Control Area operator. The Transmission Provider may charge a Transmission Customer a penalty for either hourly energy imbalances under this Schedule or a penalty for hourly generator imbalances under Schedule 9 for imbalances occurring during the same hour, but not both unless the imbalances aggravate rather than offset each other. The Transmission Provider shall establish charges for energy imbalance based on the deviation bands as follows: (i) deviations within 1.5 percent (with a minimum of 2 MW) of the scheduled transaction to be applied hourly to any energy imbalance that occurs as a result of the Transmission Customer's scheduled transaction(s) will be netted on a monthly basis and settled financially, at the end of the month, at 100 percent of incremental or decremental cost; (ii) deviations greater than 1.5 percent up to 7.5 percent (or greater than 2 MW up to 10 MW) of the scheduled transaction to be applied hourly to any energy imbalance that occurs as a result of the Transmission Customer's scheduled transaction(s) will be settled financially, at the end of each month, at 110 percent of incremental cost or 90 percent of decremental cost, and (iii) deviations greater than 7.5 percent (or 10 MW) of the scheduled transaction to be applied hourly to any energy imbalance that occurs as a result of the Transmission Customer's scheduled transaction(s) will be settled financially, at the end of each month, at 125 percent of incremental cost or 75 percent of decremental cost. For purposes of this Schedule, incremental cost and decremental cost will be based on an hourly energy index in the Pacific Northwest. If no adequate hourly index exists, an alternative index will be used. The index to be used will be posted on the OASIS at least 30 days prior to use for determining the incremental cost. SCHEDULE 5 Operating Reserve Spinning Reserve Service Spinning Reserve Service is needed to serve load immediately in the event of a system contingency. Spinning Reserve Service may be provided by generating units that are on-line and loaded at less than maximum output and by non-generation resources capable of providing this service. The Transmission Provider must offer this service when the transmission service is used to serve load within its Control Area. The Transmission Customer must either purchase this service from the Transmission Provider or make alternative comparable arrangements to satisfy its Spinning Reserve Service obligation. The Service Agreement must specify the party responsible for providing Spinning Reserve Service (Responsible Entity). All schedules for Point-to-Point service under Section 13.8 of this tariff, must be E-Tagged by the Transmission Customer consistent with such specification of Responsible Entity. In accordance with WECC and NWPP operating criteria, 50% of the system contingency reserve obligations must be spinning. The amount of and charges for Spinning Reserve Service are set forth below. To the extent the Control Area operator performs this service for the Transmission Provider, charges to the Transmission Customer are to reflect only a pass-through of the costs charged to the Transmission Provider by that Control Area operator. The SCL Balancing Area is required by WECC to reserve sufficient spinning and non-spinning (supplemental) generating capacity to assist the interconnection in case of generator and transmission contingencies. To provide firm energy deliveries to, or receive firm energy deliveries at the SCL Balancing Area tie-lines with adjacent utilities, a Transmission Customer must purchase operating reserve services or schedule deliveries that explicitly designate the Sink Balancing Area as the Responsible Entity. As a member of the NWPP Reserve Sharing Group, SCL calculates its contingency reserve obligation (CRO) within its Balancing Authority Area based on the instantaneous amount of generating capacity connected to and generating, and the instantaneous load consuming power. The formula for computing the CRO is: 3% of the output of all generating units, plus 3% of the amount of load placed within the SCL Balancing Authority Area. Transmission Customers provided Firm PTP service must purchase Operating Reserve Service in an amount equal to the CRO calculation for the Transmission Customer's generating unit(s). Rates and Charges for Spinning Reserve Service: This amount of Operating Reserve Service Spinning taken for each hour (Billing Determinant) is multiplied by the hourly capacity rate of: ORS Rate: $7.3582 per MW per hour Billing Determinant: 1.5% of Energy Received at a generator POR in MWh plus 1.5% of Energy Delivered to a load POD in MWh. SCHEDULE 6 Operating Reserve Supplemental Reserve Service Supplemental Reserve Service is needed to serve load in the event of a system contingency; however, it is not available immediately to serve load but rather within a short period of time. Supplemental Reserve Service may be provided by generating units that are on-line but unloaded, by quick-start generation or by interruptible load or other non-generation resources capable of providing this service. The Transmission Provider must offer this service when the transmission service is used to serve load within its Control Area. The Transmission Customer must either purchase this service from the Transmission Provider or make alternative comparable arrangements to satisfy its Supplemental Reserve Service obligation. The Service Agreement must specify the party responsible for providing Supplemental Reserve Service (Responsible Entity). All schedules for Point-to-Point service under Section 13.8 of this tariff, must be E-Tagged by the Transmission Customer consistent with such specification of Responsible Entity. The amount of and charges for Supplemental Reserve Service are set forth below. To the extent the Control Area operator performs this service for the Transmission Provider, charges to the Transmission Customer are to reflect only a pass-through of the costs charged to the Transmission Provider by that Control Area operator. The SCL Balancing Area is required by WECC to reserve sufficient spinning and non-spinning (supplemental) generating capacity to assist the interconnection in case of generator and transmission contingencies. To provide firm energy deliveries to, or receive firm energy deliveries at the SCL Balancing Area tie-lines with adjacent utilities, a Transmission Customer must purchase operating reserve services or schedule deliveries that explicitly designate the Sink Balancing Area as the Responsible Entity. As a member of the NWPP Reserve Sharing Group, SCL calculates its contingency reserve obligation (CRO) based on the instantaneous amount of generating capacity connected to and generating within its Balancing Area. The formula for computing the CRO is: 3% of the output of all generating units, plus 3% of the amount of load placed within the SCL Balancing Authority Area. Transmission Customers provided Firm PTP service must purchase Operating Reserve Service in an amount equal to the CRO calculation for the Transmission Customer's generating unit(s). Rates and Charges for Spinning Reserve Service: This amount of Operating Reserve Service Spinning taken for each hour (Billing Determinant) is multiplied by the hourly capacity rate of: ORS Rate: $7.3582 per MW per hour Billing Determinant: 1.5% of Energy Received at a generator POR in MWh plus 1.5% of Energy Delivered to a load POD in MWh. SCHEDULE 7 Long-Term Firm and Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service The Transmission Customer shall compensate the Transmission Provider each month for Reserved Capacity at the sum of the applicable charges set forth below: 1) Yearly delivery: one-twelfth of the demand charge of $4.7654 per kW of Reserved Capacity per year. 2) Monthly delivery: $0.3971 per kW of Reserved Capacity per month. 3) Weekly delivery: $0.0916 per kW of Reserved Capacity per week. 4) Daily delivery: $0.0183 per kW of Reserved Capacity per day. The total demand charge in any week, pursuant to a reservation for Daily delivery, shall not exceed the rate specified in section (3) above times the highest amount in kilowatts of Reserved Capacity in any day during such week. 5) Discounts: Not Applicable 6) Resales: The rates and rules governing charges and discounts stated above shall not apply to resales of transmission service, compensation for which shall be governed by section 23.1 of the Tariff. SCHEDULE 8 Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service The Transmission Customer shall compensate the Transmission Provider for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service up to the sum of the applicable charges set forth below: 1) Monthly delivery: $0.3971 per kW of Reserved Capacity per month. 2) Weekly delivery: $0.0916 per kW of Reserved Capacity per week. 3) Daily delivery: $0.0183 per kW of Reserved Capacity per day. The total demand charge in any week, pursuant to a reservation for Daily delivery, shall not exceed the rate specified in section (2) above times the highest amount in kilowatts of Reserved Capacity in any day during such week. 4) Hourly delivery: The basic charge shall be that agreed upon by the Parties at the time this service is reserved and in no event shall exceed $1.1455 per MWH. The total demand charge in any day, pursuant to a reservation for Hourly delivery, shall not exceed the rate specified in section (3) above times the highest amount in kilowatts of Reserved Capacity in any hour during such day. In addition, the total demand charge in any week, pursuant to a reservation for Hourly or Daily delivery, shall not exceed the rate specified in section (2) above times the highest amount in kilowatts of Reserved Capacity in any hour during such week. 5) Discounts: Not Applicable 6) Resales: The rates and rules governing charges and discounts stated above shall not apply to resales of transmission service, compensation for which shall be governed by section 23.1 of the Tariff. SCHEDULE 9 Generator Imbalance Service Generator Imbalance Service is provided when a difference occurs between the output of a generator located in the Transmission Provider's Control Area and a delivery schedule from that generator to (1) another Control Area or (2) a load within the Transmission Provider's Control Area over a single hour. The Transmission Provider must offer this service, to the extent it is physically feasible to do so from its resources or from resources available to it, when Transmission Service is used to deliver energy from a generator located within its Control Area. The Transmission Customer must either purchase this service from the Transmission Provider or make alternative comparable arrangements, which may include use of nongeneration resources capable of providing this service, to satisfy its Generator Imbalance Service obligation. To the extent the Control Area operator performs this service for the Transmission Provider, charges to the Transmission Customer are to reflect only a pass-through of the costs charged to the Transmission Provider by that Control Area Operator. The Transmission Provider may charge a Transmission Customer a penalty for either hourly generator imbalances under this Schedule or a penalty for hourly energy imbalances under Schedule 4 for imbalances occurring during the same hour, but not both unless the imbalances aggravate rather than offset each other. The Transmission Provider shall establish charges for generator imbalance based on the deviation bands as follows: (i) deviations within 1.5 percent (with a minimum of 2 MW) of the scheduled transaction to be applied hourly to any generator imbalance that occurs as a result of the Transmission Customer's scheduled transaction(s) will be netted on a monthly basis and settled financially, at the end of each month, at 100 percent of incremental or decremental cost, (ii) deviations greater than 1.5 percent up to 7.5 percent (or greater than 2 MW up to 10 MW) of the scheduled transaction to be applied hourly to any generator imbalance that occurs as a result of the Transmission Customer's scheduled transaction(s) will be settled financially, at the end of each month, at 110 percent of incremental cost or 90 percent of decremental cost, and (iii) deviations greater than 7.5 percent (or 10 MW) of the scheduled transaction to be applied hourly to any generator imbalance that occurs as a result of the Transmission Customer's scheduled transaction(s) will be settled at 125 percent of incremental cost or 75 percent of decremental cost, except that an intermittent resource will be exempt from this deviation band and will pay the deviation band charges for all deviations greater than the larger of 1.5 percent or 2 MW. An intermittent resource, for the limited purpose of this Schedule is an electric generator that is not dispatchable and cannot store its fuel source and therefore cannot respond to changes in system demand or respond to transmission security constraints. Notwithstanding the foregoing, deviations from scheduled transactions in order to respond to directives by the Transmission Provider, a balancing authority, or a reliability coordinator shall not be subject to the deviation bands identified above and, instead, shall be settled financially, at the end of the month, at 100 percent of incremental and decremental cost. Such directives may include instructions to correct frequency decay, respond to a reserve sharing event, or change output to relieve congestion. For purposes of this Schedule, incremental cost and decremental cost will be based on an hourly energy index in the Pacific Northwest. If no adequate hourly index exists, an alternative index will be used. The index to be used will be posted on the Transmission Provider's website at least 30 days prior to use for determining the incremental cost. Exhibit B to Attachment 1to SCL OATT ORD ATTACHMENT A Form Of Service Agreement For Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service 1.0 This Service Agreement, dated as of _______________, is entered into, by and between City of Seattle by the Seattle City Light Department (the Transmission Provider), and ____________ ("Transmission Customer"). 2.0 The Transmission Customer has been determined by the Transmission Provider to have a Completed Application for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service under the Tariff. 3.0 The Transmission Customer has provided to the Transmission Provider an Application deposit in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.3 of the Tariff. 4.0 Service under this agreement shall commence on the later of (l) the requested service commencement date, or (2) the date on which construction of any Direct Assignment Facilities and/or Network Upgrades are completed, or (3) such other date as it is permitted to become effective by the Commission. Service under this agreement shall terminate on such date as mutually agreed upon by the parties. 5.0 The Transmission Provider agrees to provide and the Transmission Customer agrees to take and pay for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service in accordance with the provisions of Part II of the Tariff and this Service Agreement. 6.0 Any notice or request made to or by either Party regarding this Service Agreement shall be made to the representative of the other Party as indicated below. Page 2 of 4 Transmission Provider: _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ Transmission Customer: _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ 7.0 The Tariff is incorporated herein and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Service Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized officials. Transmission Provider: By: ______________________ _______________ ______________ Name Title Date Transmission Customer: By: ______________________ _______________ ______________ Name Title Date Page 3 of 4 Specifications For Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service 1.0 Term of Transaction: __________________________________ Start Date: ___________________________________________ Termination Date: _____________________________________ 2.0 Description of capacity and energy to be transmitted by Transmission Provider including the electric Control Area in which the transaction originates. _______________________________________________________ 3.0 Point(s) of Receipt:___________________________________ Delivering Party:_______________________________________ 4.0 Point(s) of Delivery:__________________________________ Receiving Party:______________________________________ 5.0 Maximum amount of capacity and energy to be transmitted (Reserved Capacity):___________________________________ 6.0 Entity responsible for providing operating reserves: Spinning Reserve Service: __________________ or Transmission Provider Supplemental Reserve Service: ______________ or Transmission Provider 7.0 Designation of party(ies) subject to reciprocal service obligation:_______________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________ Page 4 of 4 8.0 Name(s) of any Intervening Systems providing transmission service:__________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ 9.0 Service under this Agreement may be subject to some combination of the charges detailed below. (The appropriate charges for individual transactions will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Tariff.) 9.1 Transmission Charge:________________________________ __________________________________________________ 9.2 System Impact and/or Facilities Study Charge(s): __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ 9.3 Direct Assignment Facilities Charge:____________________ __________________________________________________ 9.4 Ancillary Services Charges: ______________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ Page 1 of 4 ATTACHMENT A-1 Form of Service Agreement For The Resale, Reassignment or Transfer of Point-To-Point Transmission Service 1.0 This Service Agreement, dated as of _______________, is entered into, by and between City of Seattle by the Seattle City Light Department (the Transmission Provider), and ____________ (the Assignee). 2.0 The Assignee has been determined by the Transmission Provider to be an Eligible Customer under the Tariff pursuant to which the transmission service rights to be transferred were originally obtained. 3.0 The terms and conditions for the transaction entered into under this Service Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Part II of the Transmission Provider's Tariff, except for those terms and conditions negotiated by the Reseller of the reassigned transmission capacity (pursuant to Section 23.1 of this Tariff) and the Assignee include: contract effective and termination dates, the amount of reassigned capacity or energy, point(s) of receipt and delivery. Changes by the Assignee to the Reseller's Points of Receipt and Points of Delivery will be subject to the provisions of Section 23.2 of this Tariff. 4.0 The Transmission Provider shall continue to charge the Reseller under Schedule 7 in accordance with the Reseller's Service Agreement with the Transmission Provider. The Assignee shall pay the Reseller for Reserved Capacity, but will pay the Transmission Provider for Ancillary Services (Schedules 1 through 7 and 10) in accordance with Assignee's Service Agreement. 5.0 Any notice or request made to or by either Party regarding this Service Agreement shall be made to the representative of the other Party as indicated below. Page 2 of 4 Transmission Provider: ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ Assignee: ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ 6.0 The Tariff is incorporated herein and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Service Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized officials. Transmission Provider: By:____________________________ ______________________ _______________ Name Title Date Assignee: By:____________________________ ______________________ _______________ Name Title Date Page 3 of 4 Specifications For The Resale, Reassignment Or Transfer of Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service 1.0 Term of Transaction: ___________________________________ Start Date: ___________________________________________ Termination Date: _____________________________________ 2.0 Description of capacity and energy to be transmitted by Transmission Provider including the electric Control Area in which the transaction originates. _______________________________________________________ 3.0 Point(s) of Receipt:___________________________________ Delivering Party:_______________________________________ 4.0 Point(s) of Delivery:__________________________________ Receiving Party:______________________________________ 5.0 Maximum amount of reassigned capacity: __________________ 6.0 Designation of party(ies) subject to reciprocal service obligation:_______________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________ 7.0 Name(s) of any Intervening Systems providing transmission service:__________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ Page 4 of 4 8.0 Service under this Agreement may be subject to some combination of the charges detailed below. (The appropriate charges for individual transactions will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Tariff.) 8.1 Transmission Charge:________________________________ __________________________________________________ 8.2 System Impact and/or Facilities Study Charge(s): __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ 8.3 Direct Assignment Facilities Charge:____________________ __________________________________________________ 8.4 Ancillary Services Charges: ______________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ 9.0 Name of Reseller ("Assignor") of the reassigned transmission capacity: ___________________________________________________________ Page 1 of 2 ATTACHMENT B Form of Service Agreement for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service 1.0 This Service Agreement, dated as of _______________, is entered into, by and between City of Seattle by the Seattle City Light Department (the Transmission Provider), and ____________ (Transmission Customer). 2.0 The Transmission Customer has been determined by the Transmission Provider to be a Transmission Customer under Part II of the Tariff and has filed a Completed Application for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service in accordance with Section 18.2 of the Tariff. 3.0 Service under this Agreement shall be provided by the Transmission Provider upon request by an authorized representative of the Transmission Customer. 4.0 The Transmission Customer agrees to supply information the Transmission Provider deems reasonably necessary in accordance with Good Utility Practice in order for it to provide the requested service. 5.0 The Transmission Provider agrees to provide and the Transmission Customer agrees to take and pay for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service in accordance with the provisions of Part II of the Tariff and this Service Agreement. 6.0 Any notice or request made to or by either Party regarding this Service Agreement shall be made to the representative of the other Party as indicated below. Transmission Provider: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Page 2 of 2 Transmission Customer: _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ 7.0 The Tariff is incorporated herein and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Service Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized officials. Transmission Provider: By: ______________________ _______________ ______________ Name Title Date Transmission Customer: By: ______________________ _______________ ______________ Name Title Date ATTACHMENT C Methodology to Assess Available Transfer Capability Due to the limited scope and highly networked topology of Seattle City Light (SCL) transmission facilities, SCL cannot estimate, accurately determine, or offer ATC using methods other than System Impact Studies performed for specific Transmission Service Requests (TSR). SCL will establish "posted paths" as defined by FERC Order 889 (see 18 CFR section 37.6(b)(1 at such time that an Eligible Customer submits a valid Application for Service and Transmission Service Request. ATTACHMENT D Methodology for Completing a System Impact Study SCL calculates system impacts by evaluating the requested service using powerflow modeling, including voltage stability analysis, and transient stability studies where applicable. Impacts may be evaluated using the Transmission Curtailment Risk Measure (TCRM) approach developed by ColumbiaGrid Puget Sound Area Study Team. PTP service is modeled as an injection at the bus where the Transmission Customer designates its Point of Receipt, and a corresponding withdraw of power at the bus where the Transmission Customer has designated its Point of Delivery. ATTACHMENT E Index Of Point-To-Point Transmission Service Customers Date of Customer Service Agreement None ATTACHMENT F Service Agreement For Network Integration Transmission Service To be developed by the Transmission Provider if a Network Customer is formed. ATTACHMENT G Network Operating Agreement To be developed by the Transmission Provider if a Network Customer is formed. ATTACHMENT H Annual Transmission Revenue Requirement For Network Integration Transmission Service 1. The Annual Transmission Revenue Requirement for purposes of the Network Integration Transmission Service shall be $12,117,965 (2008 Test Year). 2. The amount in (1) shall be effective until amended by the Transmission Provider. ATTACHMENT I Index Of Network Integration Transmission Service Customers Date of Customer Service Agreement None ATTACHMENT J Procedures for Addressing Parallel Flows To be developed by the Transmission Provider depending on the specifications of customer transmission service requests due to the importance of location on managing congestion within the Puget Sound Area. ATTACHMENT K Transmission Planning Process [SCL uses the ColumbiaGrid procedures for regional planning and its T&D Capacity Planning process for local planning.] ATTACHMENT L Creditworthiness Procedures For the purpose of determining the ability of the Transmission Customer to meet its obligations related to service hereunder, the Transmission Provider conducts credit reviews using standard commercial practices and in accordance with the following policy established by the City of Seattle. TRANSMISSION CREDIT POLICY The following is the Transmission Credit Policy for Seattle City Light effective _______________. Seattle City Light is formally known as the City Light Department ("Transmission Provider") and is a part of the City of Seattle, a municipality organized under the laws of the State of Washington. This Transmission Credit Policy may be updated periodically and is administered by the Department's Risk Oversight Group ("Risk"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given in the City of Seattle, City Light Department Open Access Transmission Tariff ("OATT"). Prior to the Transmission Provider entering into or renewing an agreement substantially in the form of Attachment A, A-1 or B to the OATT_ (each agreement, a "Transmission Service Agreement"), the credit worthiness of the Transmission Customer must be analyzed by Risk. Risk will inform the Transmission Provider when credit has been approved. After the Transmission Service Agreement is signed, Risk will establish the Transmission Customer in the Transmission Provider's credit and risk reporting system. The table below lists the current maximum unsecured credit limits for the Transmission Provider's Transmission Customers. Credit limits will be set based on the following factors: the lower of the credit ratings from Standard & Poor's Ratings Services and Moody's Investors Service, as categorized in the table below; and Risk's assessments of the Transmission Customer's financial strength and ability to pay on a timely basis.
Letter of Credit acceptable to Department or Pre-Payment (a) Proviso: Limit must not to exceed 1.00% of the Transmission Service Customer's most recent tangible net worth as published in its most recent audited financial statements. Once a Transmission Customer's credit limit has been reached, no additional sales under the Transmission Service Agreement may be made until payment or additional credit assurance is received. Additional credit assurance may be provided in the following forms: (1) an acceptable irrevocable Letter of Credit; (2) an acceptable Payment Guaranty; or (3) prepayment. An acceptable irrevocable Letter of Credit for the benefit of The City of Seattle must meet the following criteria: (1) it must be from a United States office of a commercial bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America or a political subdivision thereof or from a foreign bank with a branch office located in the United States and (2) the Letter of Credit provider must have at least an "A" credit rating from two or more major credit rating agencies. The Transmission Provider will be notified when credit levels change and/or additional credit assurance is required. The posting of additional credit assurance or the curing of Risk's determination of noncreditworthiness is required within 1 business day of notification. Upon request, Risk will provide a written explanation for any change in credit levels or assurance requirements. Exposures are measured as a rolling 60-day notional exposure. If at any time a Transmission Customer fails to pay unsecured amounts owed to the Department, the customer's credit is reduced to zero. Contested determinations of credit or assurance requirements may be discussed with Risk's Credit Representative at 206-233-2756. The Department's Risk Oversight Group has final determination over contested Transmission credit matters. Exhibit C to Attachment 1 to SCL OATT ORD SEATTLE CITY LIGHT SMALL GENERATOR INTERCONNECTION PROCEDURES (SGIP) (For Generating Facilities No Larger Than 20 MW or 50% of Substation Light Load) TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. Section 1. Application 1 - 1.1 Applicability 1 - 1.2 Pre-Application 1 - 1.3 Interconnection Request 2 - 1.4 Modification of the Interconnection Request 2 - 1.5 Site Control 2 - 1.6 Queue Position 2 - 1.7 Interconnection Requests Submitted Prior to the Effective Date of the SGIP 3 - Section 2. Fast Track Process 3 - 2.1 Applicability 3 - 2.2 Initial Review 3 - 2.2.1 Screens 3 - 2.3 Customer Options Meeting 6 - 2.4 Supplemental Review 6 - Section 3. Study Process 7 - 3.1 Applicability 7 - 3.2 Scoping Meeting 7 - 3.3 Feasibility Study 8 - 3.4 System Impact Study 8 - 3.5 Facilities Study 9 - Section 4. Provisions that Apply to All Interconnection Requests 10 - 4.1 Reasonable Efforts 10 - 4.2 Disputes 11 - 4.3 Interconnection Metering 11 - 4.4 Commissioning 11 - 4.5 Confidentiality 11 - 4.6 Comparability 12 - 4.7 Record Retention 12 - 4.8 Interconnection Agreement 13 - 4.9 Coordination with Affected Systems 13 - 4.10 Capacity of the Small Generating Facility 13 - Attachment 1 Glossary of Terms Attachment 2 Small Generator Interconnection Request Attachment 3 Certification Codes and Standards Attachment 4 Certification of Small Generator Equipment Packages Attachment 5 Feasibility Study Agreement Attachment 6 System Impact Study Agreement Attachment 7 Facilities Study Agreement Section 1. Application 1.1 Applicability 1.1.1 A request to interconnect a certified Small Generating Facility (See Attachments 3 and 4 for description of certification criteria) no larger than 2 MW shall be evaluated under the section 2 Fast Track Process. A request to interconnect a Small Generating Facility larger than 2 MW but no larger than 20 MW or 50% of Substation Light Load or a Small Generating Facility that does not pass the Fast Track Process, shall be evaluated under the section 3 Study Process. 1.1.2 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings specified in the Glossary of Terms in Attachment 1 or the body of these procedures. 1.1.3 Neither these procedures nor the requirements included hereunder apply to Small Generating Facilities interconnected or approved for interconnection prior to 60 Business Days after the effective date of these procedures. 1.1.4 Prior to submitting its Interconnection Request (Attachment 2), the Interconnection Customer may ask Seattle City Light's interconnection contact employee or office whether the proposed interconnection is subject to these procedures. SCL shall respond within 15 Business Days. 1.1.5 Infrastructure security of electric system equipment and operations and control hardware and software is essential to ensure day-to-day reliability and operational security. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission expects all Transmission Providers, market participants, and Interconnection Customers interconnected with electric systems to comply with the recommendations offered by the President's Critical Infrastructure Protection Board and best practice recommendations from the electric reliability authority. All public utilities are expected to meet basic standards for electric system infrastructure and operational security, including physical, operational, and cyber-security practices. 1.1.6 References in these procedures to interconnection agreement are to the Small Generator Interconnection Agreement (SGIA). 1.2 Pre-Application SCL shall designate an employee or office from which information on the application process and on an Affected System can be obtained through informal requests from the Interconnection Customer presenting a proposed project for a specific site. The name, telephone number, and e-mail address of such contact employee or office shall be made available on SCL's Internet web site. Electric system information provided to the Interconnection Customer should include relevant system studies, interconnection studies, and other materials useful to an understanding of an interconnection at a particular point on SCL's Transmission System, to the extent such provision does not violate confidentiality provisions of prior agreements or critical infrastructure requirements. SCL shall comply with reasonable requests for such information. 1.3 Interconnection Request The Interconnection Customer shall submit its Interconnection Request to SCL, together with the processing fee or deposit specified in the Interconnection Request. The Interconnection Request shall be dateand time-stamped upon receipt. The original dateand time-stamp applied to the Interconnection Request at the time of its original submission shall be accepted as the qualifying dateand time-stamp for the purposes of any timetable in these procedures. The Interconnection Customer shall be notified of receipt by SCL within three Business Days of receiving the Interconnection Request. SCL shall notify the Interconnection Customer within ten Business Days of the receipt of the Interconnection Request as to whether the Interconnection Request is complete or incomplete. If the Interconnection Request is incomplete, SCL shall provide along with the notice that the Interconnection Request is incomplete, a written list detailing all information that must be provided to complete the Interconnection Request. The Interconnection Customer will have ten Business Days after receipt of the notice to submit the listed information or to request an extension of time to provide such information. If the Interconnection Customer does not provide the listed information or a request for an extension of time within the deadline, the Interconnection Request will be deemed withdrawn. An Interconnection Request will be deemed complete upon submission of the listed information to SCL. 1.4 Modification of the Interconnection Request Any modification to machine data or equipment configuration or to the interconnection site of the Small Generating Facility not agreed to in writing by SCL and the Interconnection Customer may be deemed a withdrawal of the Interconnection Request and may require submission of a new Interconnection Request, unless proper notification of each Party by the other and a reasonable time to cure the problems created by the changes are undertaken. 1.5 Site Control Documentation of site control must be submitted with the Interconnection Request. Site control may be demonstrated through: 1.5.1 Ownership of, a leasehold interest in, or a right to develop a site for the purpose of constructing the Small Generating Facility; 1.5.2 An option to purchase or acquire a leasehold site for such purpose; or 1.5.3 An exclusivity or other business relationship between the Interconnection Customer and the entity having the right to sell, lease, or grant the Interconnection Customer the right to possess or occupy a site for such purpose. 1.6 Queue Position SCL shall assign a Queue Position based upon the dateand time-stamp of the Interconnection Request. The Queue Position of each Interconnection Request will be used to determine the cost responsibility for the Upgrades necessary to accommodate the interconnection. SCL shall maintain a single queue per geographic region. At SCL's option, Interconnection Requests may be studied serially or in clusters for the purpose of the system impact study. 1.7 Interconnection Requests Submitted Prior to the Effective Date of the SGIP Nothing in this SGIP affects an Interconnection Customer's Queue Position assigned before the effective date of this SGIP. The Parties agree to complete work on any interconnection study agreement executed prior the effective date of this SGIP in accordance with the terms and conditions of that interconnection study agreement. Any new studies or other additional work will be completed pursuant to this SGIP. Section 2. Fast Track Process 2.1 Applicability The Fast Track Process is available to an Interconnection Customer proposing to interconnect its Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System if the Small Generating Facility is no larger than 2 MW and if the Interconnection Customer's proposed Small Generating Facility meets the codes, standards, and certification requirements of Attachments 3 and 4 of these procedures, or SCL has reviewed the design or tested the proposed Small Generating Facility and is satisfied that it is safe to operate. 2.2 Initial Review Within 15 Business Days after SCL notifies the Interconnection Customer it has received a complete Interconnection Request, SCL shall perform an initial review using the screens set forth below, shall notify the Interconnection Customer of the results, and include with the notification copies of the analysis and data underlying SCL's determinations under the screens. 2.2.1 Screens 2.2.1.1 The proposed Small Generating Facility's Point of Interconnection must be on a portion of SCL's Distribution System that is subject to the Tariff. 2.2.1.2 For interconnection of a proposed Small Generating Facility to a radial distribution circuit, the aggregated generation, including the proposed Small Generating Facility, on the circuit shall not exceed 15 % of the line section annual peak load as most recently measured at the substation. A line section is that portion of a Transmission Provider's electric system connected to a customer bounded by automatic sectionalizing devices or the end of the distribution line. 2.2.1.3 For interconnection of a proposed Small Generating Facility to the load side of spot network protectors, the proposed Small Generating Facility must utilize an inverter-based equipment package and, together with the aggregated other inverter-based generation, shall not exceed the smaller of 5 % of a spot network's maximum load or 50 kW1. 2.2.1.4 The proposed Small Generating Facility, in aggregation with other generation on the distribution circuit, shall not contribute more than 10 % to the distribution circuit's maximum fault current at the point on the high voltage (primary) level nearest the proposed point of change of ownership. 2.2.1.5 The proposed Small Generating Facility, in aggregate with other generation on the distribution circuit, shall not cause any distribution protective devices and equipment (including, but not limited to, substation breakers, fuse cutouts, and line reclosers), or Interconnection Customer equipment on the system to exceed 87.5 % of the short circuit interrupting capability; nor shall the interconnection be proposed for a circuit that already exceeds 87.5 % of the short circuit interrupting capability. 2.2.1.6 Using the table below, determine the type of interconnection to a primary distribution line. This screen includes a review of the type of electrical service provided to the Interconnecting Customer, including line configuration and the transformer connection to limit the potential for creating over-voltages on the Transmission Provider's electric power system due to a loss of ground during the operating time of any antiislanding function. Primary Distribution Line Type Type of Interconnection to Primary Distribution Line Result/Criteria Three-phase, three wire 3-phase or single phase, phase-to-phase Pass screen Three-phase, four wire Effectively-grounded 3 phase or Single-phase, line-to-neutral Pass screen 2.2.1.7 If the proposed Small Generating Facility is to be interconnected on single-phase shared secondary, the aggregate generation capacity on the shared secondary, including the proposed Small Generating Facility, shall not exceed 20 kW. 2.2.1.8 If the proposed Small Generating Facility is single-phase and is to be interconnected on a center tap neutral of a 240 volt service, its addition shall not create an imbalance between the two sides of the 240 volt service of more than 20 % of the nameplate rating of the service transformer. 2.2.1.9 The Small Generating Facility, in aggregate with other generation interconnected to the transmission side of a substation transformer feeding the circuit where the Small Generating Facility proposes to interconnect shall not exceed 10 MW in an area where there are known, or posted, transient stability limitations to generating units located in the general electrical vicinity (e.g., three or four transmission busses from the point of interconnection). 2.2.1.10 No construction of facilities by SCL on its own system shall be required to accommodate the Small Generating Facility. 2.2.2 If the proposed interconnection passes the screens, the Interconnection Request shall be approved and SCL will provide the Interconnection Customer an executable interconnection agreement within five Business Days after the determination. 2.2.3 If the proposed interconnection fails the screens, but SCL determines that the Small Generating Facility may nevertheless be interconnected consistent with safety, reliability, and power quality standards, SCL shall provide the Interconnection Customer an executable interconnection agreement within five Business Days after the determination. 2.2.4 If the proposed interconnection fails the screens, but SCL does not or cannot determine from the initial review that the Small Generating Facility may nevertheless be interconnected consistent with safety, reliability, and power quality standards unless the Interconnection Customer is willing to consider minor modifications or further study, SCL shall provide the Interconnection Customer with the opportunity to attend a customer options meeting. 2.3 Customer Options Meeting If SCL determines the Interconnection Request cannot be approved without minor modifications at minimal cost; or a supplemental study or other additional studies or actions; or at significant cost to address safety, reliability, or power quality problems, within the five Business Day period after the determination, SCL shall notify the Interconnection Customer and provide copies of all data and analyses underlying its conclusion. Within ten Business Days of SCL's determination, SCL shall offer to convene a customer options meeting with SCL to review possible Interconnection Customer facility modifications or the screen analysis and related results, to determine what further steps are needed to permit the Small Generating Facility to be connected safely and reliably. At the time of notification of SCL's determination, or at the customer options meeting, SCL shall: 2.3.1 Offer to perform facility modifications or minor modifications to SCL's electric system (e.g., changing meters, fuses, relay settings) and provide a non-binding good faith estimate of the limited cost to make such modifications to SCL's electric system; or 2.3.2 Offer to perform a supplemental review if SCL concludes that the supplemental review might determine that the Small Generating Facility could continue to qualify for interconnection pursuant to the Fast Track Process, and provide a non-binding good faith estimate of the costs of such review; or 2.3.3 Obtain the Interconnection Customer's agreement to continue evaluating the Interconnection Request under the section 3 Study Process. 2.4 Supplemental Review If the Interconnection Customer agrees to a supplemental review, the Interconnection Customer shall agree in writing within 15 Business Days of the offer, and submit a deposit for the estimated costs. The Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for SCL's actual costs for conducting the supplemental review. The Interconnection Customer must pay any review costs that exceed the deposit within 20 Business Days of receipt of the invoice or resolution of any dispute. If the deposit exceeds the invoiced costs, SCL will return such excess within 20 Business Days of the invoice without interest. 2.4.1 Within ten Business Days following receipt of the deposit for a supplemental review, SCL will determine if the Small Generating Facility can be interconnected safely and reliably. 2.4.1.1 If so, SCL shall forward an executable interconnection agreement to the Interconnection Customer within five Business Days. 2.4.1.2 If so, and Interconnection Customer facility modifications are required to allow the Small Generating Facility to be interconnected consistent with safety, reliability, and power quality standards under these procedures, SCL shall forward an executable interconnection agreement to the Interconnection Customer within five Business Days after confirmation that the Interconnection Customer has agreed to make the necessary changes at the Interconnection Customer's cost. 2.4.1.3 If so, and minor modifications to SCL's electric system are required to allow the Small Generating Facility to be interconnected consistent with safety, reliability, and power quality standards under the Fast Track Process, SCL shall forward an executable interconnection agreement to the Interconnection Customer within ten Business Days that requires the Interconnection Customer to pay the costs of such system modifications prior to interconnection. 2.4.1.4 If not, the Interconnection Request will continue to be evaluated under the section 3 Study Process. Section 3. Study Process 3.1 Applicability The Study Process shall be used by an Interconnection Customer proposing to interconnect its Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System if the Small Generating Facility (1) is larger than 2 MW but no larger than 20 MW or 50% of Substation Light Load, (2) is not certified, or (3) is certified but did not pass the Fast Track Process. 3.2 Scoping Meeting 3.2.1 A scoping meeting will be held within ten Business Days after the Interconnection Request is deemed complete, or as otherwise mutually agreed to by the Parties. SCL and the Interconnection Customer will bring to the meeting personnel, including system engineers and other resources as may be reasonably required to accomplish the purpose of the meeting. 3.2.2 The purpose of the scoping meeting is to discuss the Interconnection Request and review existing studies relevant to the Interconnection Request. The Parties shall further discuss whether SCL should perform a feasibility study or proceed directly to a system impact study, or a facilities study, or an interconnection agreement. If the Parties agree that a feasibility study should be performed, SCL shall provide the Interconnection Customer, as soon as possible, but not later than five Business Days after the scoping meeting, a feasibility study agreement (Attachment 6) including an outline of the scope of the study and a non-binding good faith estimate of the cost to perform the study. 3.2.3 The scoping meeting may be omitted by mutual agreement. In order to remain in consideration for interconnection, an Interconnection Customer who has requested a feasibility study must return the executed feasibility study agreement within 15 Business Days. If the Parties agree not to perform a feasibility study, SCL shall provide the Interconnection Customer, no later than five Business Days after the scoping meeting, a system impact study agreement (Attachment 7) including an outline of the scope of the study and a non-binding good faith estimate of the cost to perform the study. 3.3 Feasibility Study 3.3.1 The feasibility study shall identify any potential adverse system impacts that would result from the interconnection of the Small Generating Facility. 3.3.2 A deposit of the lesser of 50 percent of the good faith estimated feasibility study costs or earnest money of $1,000 may be required from the Interconnection Customer. 3.3.3 The scope of and cost responsibilities for the feasibility study are described in the attached feasibility study agreement (Attachment 6). 3.3.4 If the feasibility study shows no potential for adverse system impacts, SCL shall send the Interconnection Customer a facilities study agreement, including an outline of the scope of the study and a nonbinding good faith estimate of the cost to perform the study. If no additional facilities are required, SCL shall send the Interconnection Customer an executable interconnection agreement within five Business Days. 3.3.5 If the feasibility study shows the potential for adverse system impacts, the review process shall proceed to the appropriate system impact study(s). 3.4 System Impact Study 3.4.1 A system impact study shall identify and detail the electric system impacts that would result if the proposed Small Generating Facility were interconnected without project modifications or electric system modifications, focusing on the adverse system impacts identified in the feasibility study, or to study potential impacts, including but not limited to those identified in the scoping meeting. A system impact study shall evaluate the impact of the proposed interconnection on the reliability of the electric system. 3.4.2 If no transmission system impact study is required, but potential electric power Distribution System adverse system impacts are identified in the scoping meeting or shown in the feasibility study, a distribution system impact study must be performed. SCL shall send the Interconnection Customer a distribution system impact study agreement within 15 Business Days of transmittal of the feasibility study report, including an outline of the scope of the study and a non-binding good faith estimate of the cost to perform the study, or following the scoping meeting if no feasibility study is to be performed. 3.4.3 In instances where the feasibility study or the distribution system impact study shows potential for transmission system adverse system impacts, within five Business Days following transmittal of the feasibility study report, SCL shall send the Interconnection Customer a transmission system impact study agreement, including an outline of the scope of the study and a non-binding good faith estimate of the cost to perform the study, if such a study is required. 3.4.4 If a transmission system impact study is not required, but electric power Distribution System adverse system impacts are shown by the feasibility study to be possible and no distribution system impact study has been conducted, SCL shall send the Interconnection Customer a distribution system impact study agreement. 3.4.5 If the feasibility study shows no potential for transmission system or Distribution System adverse system impacts, SCL shall send the Interconnection Customer either a facilities study agreement (Attachment 8), including an outline of the scope of the study and a non-binding good faith estimate of the cost to perform the study, or an executable interconnection agreement, as applicable. 3.4.6 In order to remain under consideration for interconnection, the Interconnection Customer must return executed system impact study agreements, if applicable, within 30 Business Days. 3.4.7 A deposit of the good faith estimated costs for each system impact study may be required from the Interconnection Customer. 3.4.8 The scope of and cost responsibilities for a system impact study are described in the attached system impact study agreement. 3.4.9 Where transmission systems and Distribution Systems have separate owners, such as is the case with transmission-dependent utilities ("TDUs") whether investor-owned or not the Interconnection Customer may apply to the nearest Transmission Provider (Transmission Owner, Regional Transmission Operator, or Independent Transmission Provider) providing transmission service to the TDU to request project coordination. Affected Systems shall participate in the study and provide all information necessary to prepare the study. 3.5 Facilities Study 3.5.1 Once the required system impact study(s) is completed, a system impact study report shall be prepared and transmitted to the Interconnection Customer along with a facilities study agreement within five Business Days, including an outline of the scope of the study and a non-binding good faith estimate of the cost to perform the facilities study. In the case where one or both impact studies are determined to be unnecessary, a notice of the fact shall be transmitted to the Interconnection Customer within the same timeframe. 3.5.2 In order to remain under consideration for interconnection, or, as appropriate, in SCL's interconnection queue, the Interconnection Customer must return the executed facilities study agreement or a request for an extension of time within 30 Business Days. 3.5.3 The facilities study shall specify and estimate the cost of the equipment, engineering, procurement and construction work (including overheads) needed to implement the conclusions of the system impact study(s). 3.5.4 Design for any required Interconnection Facilities and/or Upgrades shall be performed under the facilities study agreement. SCL may contract with consultants to perform activities required under the facilities study agreement. The Interconnection Customer and SCL may agree to allow the Interconnection Customer to separately arrange for the design of some of the Interconnection Facilities. In such cases, facilities design will be reviewed and/or modified prior to acceptance by SCL, under the provisions of the facilities study agreement. If the Parties agree to separately arrange for design and construction, and provided security and confidentiality requirements can be met, SCL shall make sufficient information available to the Interconnection Customer in accordance with confidentiality and critical infrastructure requirements to permit the Interconnection Customer to obtain an independent design and cost estimate for any necessary facilities. 3.5.5 A deposit of the good faith estimated costs for the facilities study may be required from the Interconnection Customer. 3.5.6 The scope of and cost responsibilities for the facilities study are described in the attached facilities study agreement. 3.5.7 Upon completion of the facilities study, and with the agreement of the Interconnection Customer to pay for Interconnection Facilities and Upgrades identified in the facilities study, SCL shall provide the Interconnection Customer an executable interconnection agreement within five Business Days. Section 4. Provisions that Apply to All Interconnection Requests 4.1 Reasonable Efforts SCL shall make reasonable efforts to meet all time frames provided in these procedures unless SCL and the Interconnection Customer agree to a different schedule. If SCL cannot meet a deadline provided herein, it shall notify the Interconnection Customer, explain the reason for the failure to meet the deadline, and provide an estimated time by which it will complete the applicable interconnection procedure in the process. 4.2 Disputes 4.2.1 The Parties agree to attempt to resolve all disputes arising out of the interconnection process according to the provisions of this article. 4.2.2 In the event of a dispute, either Party shall provide the other Party with a written Notice of Dispute. Such Notice shall describe in detail the nature of the dispute. 4.2.3 Reserved. 4.2.4 Reserved. 4.2.5 Each Party agrees to conduct all negotiations in good faith and will be responsible for one-half of any costs paid to neutral thirdparties. 4.2.6 If neither Party elects to seek assistance from the DRS, or if the attempted dispute resolution fails, then either Party may exercise whatever rights and remedies it may have in equity or law consistent with the terms of these procedures. 4.3 Interconnection Metering Any metering necessitated by the use of the Small Generating Facility shall be installed at the Interconnection Customer's expense in accordance with Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, state, or local regulatory requirements or SCL's specifications. 4.4 Commissioning Commissioning tests of the Interconnection Customer's installed equipment shall be performed pursuant to applicable codes and standards. SCL must be given at least five Business Days written notice, or as otherwise mutually agreed to by the Parties, of the tests and may be present to witness the commissioning tests. 4.5. Confidentiality 4.5.1 Confidential information shall mean any confidential and/or proprietary information provided by one Party to the other Party that is clearly marked or otherwise designated "Confidential." For purposes of these procedures all design, operating specifications, and metering data provided by the Interconnection Customer shall be deemed confidential information regardless of whether it is clearly marked or otherwise designated as such. 4.5.2 Confidential Information does not include information previously in the public domain, required to be publicly submitted or divulged by Governmental Authorities (after notice to the other Party and after exhausting any opportunity to oppose such publication or release), or necessary to be divulged in an action to enforce these procedures. Each Party receiving Confidential Information shall hold such information in confidence and shall not disclose it to any third party nor to the public without the prior written authorization from the Party providing that information, except to fulfill obligations under these procedures, or to fulfill legal or regulatory requirements. 4.5.2.1 Each Party shall employ at least the same standard of care to protect Confidential Information obtained from the other Party as it employs to protect its own Confidential Information. 4.5.2.2 Each Party is entitled to equitable relief, by injunction or otherwise, to enforce its rights under this provision to prevent the release of Confidential Information without bond or proof of damages, and may seek other remedies available at law or in equity for breach of this provision. 4.5.3 Notwithstanding anything in this article to the contrary, and pursuant to 18 CFR section 1b.20, if FERC, during the course of an investigation or otherwise, requests information from one of the Parties that is otherwise required to be maintained in confidence pursuant to these procedures, the Party shall provide the requested information to FERC, within the time provided for in the request for information. In providing the information to FERC, the Party may, consistent with 18 CFR section 388.112, request that the information be treated as confidential and non-public by FERC and that the information be withheld from public disclosure. Parties are prohibited from notifying the other Party prior to the release of the Confidential Information to FERC. The Party shall notify the other Party when it is notified by FERC that a request to release Confidential Information has been received by FERC, at which time either of the Parties may respond before such information would be made public, pursuant to 18 CFR section 388.112. Requests from a state regulatory body conducting a confidential investigation shall be treated in a similar manner if consistent with the applicable state rules and regulations. 4.6 Comparability SCL shall receive, process and analyze all Interconnection Requests in a timely manner as set forth in this document. SCL shall use the same reasonable efforts in processing and analyzing Interconnection Requests from all Interconnection Customers, whether the Small Generating Facility is owned or operated by SCL, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or others. 4.7 Record Retention SCL shall maintain for three years records, subject to audit, of all Interconnection Requests received under these procedures, the times required to complete Interconnection Request approvals and disapprovals, and justification for the actions taken on the Interconnection Requests. 4.8 Interconnection Agreement After receiving an interconnection agreement from SCL, the Interconnection Customer shall have 30 Business Days or another mutually agreeable timeframe to sign and return the interconnection agreement, or request that SCL file an unexecuted interconnection agreement with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. If the Interconnection Customer does not sign the interconnection agreement, or ask that it be filed unexecuted by SCL within 30 Business Days, the Interconnection Request shall be deemed withdrawn. After the interconnection agreement is signed by the Parties, the interconnection of the Small Generating Facility shall proceed under the provisions of the interconnection agreement. 4.9 Coordination with Affected Systems SCL shall coordinate the conduct of any studies required to determine the impact of the Interconnection Request on Affected Systems with Affected System operators and, if possible, include those results (if available) in its applicable interconnection study within the time frame specified in these procedures. SCL will include such Affected System operators in all meetings held with the Interconnection Customer as required by these procedures. The Interconnection Customer will cooperate with SCL in all matters related to the conduct of studies and the determination of modifications to Affected Systems. A Transmission Provider which may be an Affected System shall cooperate with SCL with whom interconnection has been requested in all matters related to the conduct of studies and the determination of modifications to Affected Systems. 4.10 Capacity of the Small Generating Facility 4.10.1 If the Interconnection Request is for an increase in capacity for an existing Small Generating Facility, the Interconnection Request shall be evaluated on the basis of the new total capacity of the Small Generating Facility. 4.10.2 If the Interconnection Request is for a Small Generating Facility that includes multiple energy production devices at a site for which the Interconnection Customer seeks a single Point of Interconnection, the Interconnection Request shall be evaluated on the basis of the aggregate capacity of the multiple devices. 4.10.3 The Interconnection Request shall be evaluated using the maximum rated capacity of the Small Generating Facility. Glossary of Terms Affected System An electric system other than SCL's Transmission System that may be affected by the proposed interconnection. Business Day Monday through Friday, excluding Federal Holidays. Distribution System SCL's facilities and equipment used to transmit electricity to ultimate usage points such as homes and industries directly from nearby generators or from interchanges with higher voltage transmission networks which transport bulk power over longer distances. The voltage levels at which Distribution Systems operate differ among areas. Distribution Upgrades The additions, modifications, and upgrades to SCL's Distribution System at or beyond the Point of Interconnection to facilitate interconnection of the Small Generating Facility and render the transmission service necessary to effect the Interconnection Customer's wholesale sale of electricity in interstate commerce. Distribution Upgrades do not include Interconnection Facilities. Fast Track Process The procedure for evaluating an Interconnection Request for a certified Small Generating Facility no larger than 2 MW that includes the section 2 screens, customer options meeting, and optional supplemental review. Good Utility Practice Any of the practices, methods and acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric industry during the relevant time period, or any of the practices, methods and acts which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good business practices, reliability, safety and expedition. Good Utility Practice is not intended to be limited to the optimum practice, method, or act to the exclusion of all others, but rather to be acceptable practices, methods, or acts generally accepted in the region. Interconnection Customer Any entity, including SCL, the Transmission Owner or any of the affiliates or subsidiaries of either, that proposes to interconnect its Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System. Interconnection Facilities SCL's Interconnection Facilities and the Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities. Collectively, Interconnection Facilities include all facilities and equipment between the Small Generating Facility and the Point of Interconnection, including any modification, additions or upgrades that are necessary to physically and electrically interconnect the Small Generating Facility to SCL's Transmission System. Interconnection Facilities are sole use facilities and shall not include Distribution Upgrades or Network Upgrades. Interconnection Request The Interconnection Customer's request, in accordance with the Tariff, to interconnect a new Small Generating Facility, or to increase the capacity of, or make a Material Modification to the operating characteristics of, an existing Small Generating Facility that is interconnected with SCL's Transmission System. Material Modification A modification that has a material impact on the cost or timing of any Interconnection Request with a later queue priority date. Network Upgrades Additions, modifications, and upgrades to SCL's Transmission System required at or beyond the point at which the Small Generating Facility interconnects with SCL's Transmission System to accommodate the interconnection with the Small Generating Facility to SCL's Transmission System. Network Upgrades do not include Distribution Upgrades. Party or Parties SCL, Transmission Owner, Interconnection Customer or any combination of the above. Point of Interconnection The point where the Interconnection Facilities connect with SCL's Transmission System. Queue Position The order of a valid Interconnection Request, relative to all other pending valid Interconnection Requests, that is established based upon the date and time of receipt of the valid Interconnection Request by SCL. Small Generating Facility The Interconnection Customer's device for the production of electricity identified in the Interconnection Request, but shall not include the Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities. Study Process The procedure for evaluating an Interconnection Request that includes the section 3 scoping meeting, feasibility study, system impact study, and facilities study. Transmission Owner The entity that owns, leases or otherwise possesses an interest in the portion of the Transmission System at the Point of Interconnection and may be a Party to the Small Generator Interconnection Agreement to the extent necessary. Transmission Provider The public utility (or its designated agent) that owns, controls, or operates transmission or distribution facilities used for the transmission of electricity in interstate commerce and provides transmission service under the Tariff. The term Transmission Provider should be read to include the Transmission Owner when the Transmission Owner is separate from SCL. Transmission System The facilities owned, controlled or operated by SCL or the Transmission Owner that are used to provide transmission service under the Tariff. Upgrades The required additions and modifications to SCL's Transmission System at or beyond the Point of Interconnection. Upgrades may be Network Upgrades or Distribution Upgrades. Upgrades do not include Interconnection Facilities. SEATTLE CITY LIGHT SMALL GENERATOR INTERCONNECTION REQUEST (Application Form) Interconnection Service Provider: Seattle City Light Designated Contact Person: ______ Address: ______ Telephone Number: _____________________________________________________________ Fax: _____ E-Mail Address: _____ An Interconnection Request is considered complete when it provides all applicable and correct information required below. Per SGIP section 1.5, documentation of site control must be submitted with the Interconnection Request. Preamble and Instructions An Interconnection Customer who requests an interconnection under these procedures must submit this Interconnection Request by hand delivery, mail, e-mail, or fax to Seattle City Light (SCL). Processing Fee or Deposit If the Interconnection Request is submitted under the Fast Track Process, the non-refundable processing fee is $500. If the Interconnection Request is submitted under the Study Process, whether a new submission or an Interconnection Request that did not pass the Fast Track Process, the Interconnection Customer shall submit to Seattle City Light a deposit not to exceed $1,000 towards the cost of the feasibility study. Interconnection Customer Information Legal Name of the Interconnection Customer (or, if an individual, individual's name) Name: Contact Person: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Facility Location (if different from above): Telephone (Day): ______________________ Telephone (Evening): _____________________ Fax: _______________________________ E-Mail Address: __________________________________ Alternative Contact Information (if different from the Interconnection Customer) Contact Name: Title: Address: Telephone (Day): ______________________ Telephone (Evening): ______________________ Fax: _____________________________________ E-Mail Address: _________________________ Application is for: ______ New Small Generating Facility ______ Capacity addition to Existing Small Generating Facility If capacity addition to existing facility, please describe: Will the Small Generating Facility be used for any of the following? Net Metering? Yes ____ No ____ To Supply Power to the Interconnection Customer? Yes ____ No ____ To Supply Power to Others? Yes ____ No ____ For installations at locations with existing electric service to which the proposed Small Generating Facility will interconnect, provide: (Existing SCL Account Number*) Contact Name: Title: Address: Telephone (Day): _____________________________ Telephone (Evening): ______________________ Fax: _________________________________________ E-Mail Address: _________________________ Requested Point of Interconnection: Interconnection Customer's Requested In-Service Date: Small Generating Facility Information Data apply only to the Small Generating Facility, not the Interconnection Facilities. Energy Source: ___ Solar ___ Wind ___ Hydro ___ Hydro Type (e.g. Run-of-River):_____________ _____ Diesel ___ Natural Gas ___ Fuel Oil ___ Other (state type) ___________________________ Prime Mover: Fuel Cell Recip Engine Gas Turb Steam Turb Microturbine PV Other Type of Generator: ____Synchronous ____Induction ____ Inverter Generator Nameplate Rating: __________kW (Typical) Generator Nameplate kVAR: ________ Interconnection Customer or Customer-Site Load: _________________kW (if none, so state) Typical Reactive Load (if known): _________________ Maximum Physical Export Capability Requested: ______________ kW List components of the Small Generating Facility equipment package that are currently certified: Equipment Type Certifying Entity 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Is the prime mover compatible with the certified protective relay package? ____Yes ____No Generator (or solar collector) Manufacturer, Model Name & Number: Version Number: Nameplate Output Power Rating in kW: (Summer) _____________ (Winter) ______________ Nameplate Output Power Rating in kVA: (Summer) _____________ (Winter) ______________ Individual Generator Power Factor Rated Power Factor: Leading: _____________Lagging: _______________ Total Number of Generators in wind farm to be interconnected pursuant to this Interconnection Request: __________ Elevation: ______ ___Single phase ___Three phase Inverter Manufacturer, Model Name & Number (if used): _____________________________________ List of adjustable set points for the protective equipment or software: __________________________ Note: A completed Power Systems Load Flow data sheet must be supplied with the Interconnection Request. Small Generating Facility Characteristic Data (for inverter-based machines) Max design fault contribution current: Instantaneous or RMS? Harmonics Characteristics: Start-up requirements: Small Generating Facility Characteristic Data (for rotating machines) RPM Frequency: _____________ (*) Neutral Grounding Resistor (If Applicable): ____________ Synchronous Generators: Direct Axis Synchronous Reactance, Xd: _______ P.U. Direct Axis Transient Reactance, X' d: ___________P.U. Direct Axis Subtransient Reactance, X" d: ______________P.U. Negative Sequence Reactance, X2: _________ P.U. Zero Sequence Reactance, X0: ____________ P.U. KVA Base: __________________________ Field Volts: ______________ Field Amperes: ______________ Induction Generators: Motoring Power (kW): ______________ I22t or K (Heating Time Constant): ______________ Rotor Resistance, Rr: ______________ Stator Resistance, Rs: ______________ Stator Reactance, Xs: ______________ Rotor Reactance, Xr: ______________ Magnetizing Reactance, Xm: ______________ Short Circuit Reactance, Xd'': ______________ Exciting Current: ______________ Temperature Rise: ______________ Frame Size: ______________ Design Letter: ______________ Reactive Power Required In Vars (No Load): ______________ Reactive Power Required In Vars (Full Load): ______________ Total Rotating Inertia, H: _____________ Per Unit on _______ kVA Base Note: Please contact SCL prior to submitting the Interconnection Request to determine if the specified information above is required. Excitation and Governor System Data for Synchronous Generators Only Provide appropriate IEEE model block diagram of excitation system, governor system and power system stabilizer (PSS) in accordance with the regional reliability council criteria. A PSS may be determined to be required by applicable studies. A copy of the manufacturer's block diagram may not be substituted. Interconnection Facilities Information Will a transformer be used between the generator and the point of common coupling? ___Yes ___No Will the transformer be provided by the Interconnection Customer? ____Yes ____No Transformer Data (If Applicable, for Interconnection Customer-Owned Transformer): Is the transformer: ____single phase _____three phase? Size: ___________kVA Transformer Impedance: _______% on __________kVA Base If Three Phase: Transformer Primary: _____ Volts _____ Delta _____Wye _____ Wye Grounded Transformer Secondary: _____ Volts _____ Delta _____Wye _____ Wye Grounded Transformer Tertiary: _____ Volts _____ Delta _____Wye _____ Wye Grounded Transformer Fuse Data (If Applicable, for Interconnection Customer-Owned Fuse): (Attach copy of fuse manufacturer's Minimum Melt and Total Clearing TimeCurrent Curves) Manufacturer: __________________ Type: _______________ Size: ________Speed: ______________ Interconnecting Circuit Breaker (if applicable): Manufacturer: ____________________________ Type: __________ Load Rating (Amps): _______ Interrupting Rating (Amps): ________ Trip Speed (Cycles): __________ Interconnection Protective Relays (If Applicable): If Microprocessor-Controlled: List of Functions and Adjustable Setpoints for the protective equipment or software: Setpoint Function Minimum Maximum 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. If Discrete Components: (Enclose Copy of any Proposed Time-Overcurrent Coordination Curves) Manufacturer: Type: Style/Catalog No.: Proposed Setting: Manufacturer: Type: Style/Catalog No.: Proposed Setting: Manufacturer: Type: Style/Catalog No.: Proposed Setting: Manufacturer: Type: Style/Catalog No.: Proposed Setting: Manufacturer: Type: Style/Catalog No.: Proposed Setting: Current Transformer Data (If Applicable): (Enclose Copy of Manufacturer's Excitation and Ratio Correction Curves) Manufacturer: Type: Accuracy Class: Proposed Ratio Connection: ____ Manufacturer: Type: Accuracy Class: Proposed Ratio Connection: ____ Potential Transformer Data (If Applicable): Manufacturer: Type: Accuracy Class: Proposed Ratio Connection: ____ Manufacturer: Type: Accuracy Class: Proposed Ratio Connection: ____ General Information Enclose copy of site electrical one-line diagram showing the configuration of all Small Generating Facility equipment, current and potential circuits, and protection and control schemes. This one-line diagram must be signed and stamped by a licensed Professional Engineer if the Small Generating Facility is larger than 50 kW. Is One-Line Diagram Enclosed? ____Yes ____No Enclose copy of any site documentation that indicates the precise physical location of the proposed Small Generating Facility (e.g., USGS topographic map or other diagram or documentation). Proposed location of protective interface equipment on property (include address if different from the Interconnection Customer's address) ___________________________________________________ Enclose copy of any site documentation that describes and details the operation of the protection and control schemes. Is Available Documentation Enclosed? ___Yes ____No Enclose copies of schematic drawings for all protection and control circuits, relay current circuits, relay potential circuits, and alarm/monitoring circuits (if applicable). Are Schematic Drawings Enclosed? ___Yes ____No Applicant Signature I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge, all the information provided in this Interconnection Request is true and correct. For Interconnection Customer: ____________________________________ Date: ____________ Certification Codes and Standards IEEE 1547 Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems (including use of IEEE 1547.1 testing protocols to establish conformity) UL 1741 Inverters, Converters, and Controllers for Use in Independent Power Systems IEEE Std 929-2000 IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Photovoltaic (PV) Systems NFPA 70 (2002), National Electrical Code IEEE Std C37.90.1-1989 (R1994), IEEE Standard Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Protective Relays and Relay Systems IEEE Std C37.90.2 (1995), IEEE Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers IEEE Std C37.108-1989 (R2002), IEEE Guide for the Protection of Network Transformers IEEE Std C57.12.44-2000, IEEE Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Protectors IEEE Std C62.41.2-2002, IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low Voltage (1000V and Less) AC Power Circuits IEEE Std C62.45-1992 (R2002), IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage (1000V and Less) AC Power Circuits ANSI C84.1-1995 Electric Power Systems and Equipment Voltage Ratings (60 Hertz) IEEE Std 100-2000, IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronic Terms NEMA MG 1-1998, Motors and Small Resources, Revision 3 IEEE Std 519-1992, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems NEMA MG 1-2003 (Rev 2004), Motors and Generators, Revision 1 Certification of Small Generator Equipment Packages 1.0 Small Generating Facility equipment proposed for use separately or packaged with other equipment in an interconnection system shall be considered certified for interconnected operation if (1) it has been tested in accordance with industry standards for continuous utility interactive operation in compliance with the appropriate codes and standards referenced below by any Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) recognized by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration to test and certify interconnection equipment pursuant to the relevant codes and standards listed in SGIP Attachment 3, (2) it has been labeled and is publicly listed by such NRTL at the time of the interconnection application, and (3) such NRTL makes readily available for verification all test standards and procedures it utilized in performing such equipment certification, and, with consumer approval, the test data itself. The NRTL may make such information available on its website and by encouraging such information to be included in the manufacturer's literature accompanying the equipment. 2.0 The Interconnection Customer must verify that the intended use of the equipment falls within the use or uses for which the equipment was tested, labeled, and listed by the NRTL. 3.0 Certified equipment shall not require further type-test review, testing, or additional equipment to meet the requirements of this interconnection procedure; however, nothing herein shall preclude the need for an on-site commissioning test by the parties to the interconnection nor follow-up production testing by the NRTL. 4.0 If the certified equipment package includes only interface components (switchgear, inverters, or other interface devices), then an Interconnection Customer must show that the generator or other electric source being utilized with the equipment package is compatible with the equipment package and is consistent with the testing and listing specified for this type of interconnection equipment. 5.0 Provided the generator or electric source, when combined with the equipment package, is within the range of capabilities for which it was tested by the NRTL, and does not violate the interface components' labeling and listing performed by the NRTL, no further design review, testing or additional equipment on the customer side of the point of common coupling shall be required to meet the requirements of this interconnection procedure. 6.0 An equipment package does not include equipment provided by the utility. 7.0 Any equipment package approved and listed in a state by that state's regulatory body for interconnected operation in that state prior to the effective date of these small generator interconnection procedures shall be considered certified under these procedures for use in that state. Seattle City Light Small Generator Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this _____ day of______________ 20___ by and between_____________________________________________________, a____________________________organized and existing under the laws of the State of __________________________________________, ("Interconnection Customer,") and Seattle City Light, an electric utility existing under the laws of the State of Washington, ("SCL"). Interconnection Customer and SCL each may be referred to as a "Party," or collectively as the "Parties." RECITALS WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer is proposing to develop a Small Generating Facility or generating capacity addition to an existing Small Generating Facility consistent with the Interconnection Request completed by Interconnection Customer on_________________________; and WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer desires to interconnect the Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System; and WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer has requested SCL to perform a feasibility study to assess the feasibility of interconnecting the proposed Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System, and of any Affected Systems; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of and subject to the mutual covenants contained herein the Parties agreed as follows: 1.0 When used in this Agreement, with initial capitalization, the terms specified shall have the meanings indicated or the meanings specified in the standard Small Generator Interconnection Procedures. 2.0 The Interconnection Customer elects and SCL shall cause to be performed an interconnection feasibility study consistent the standard Small Generator Interconnection Procedures in accordance with the Tariff. 3.0 The scope of the feasibility study shall be subject to the assumptions set forth in Attachment A to this Agreement. 4.0 The feasibility study shall be based on the technical information provided by the Interconnection Customer in the Interconnection Request, as may be modified as the result of the scoping meeting. SCL reserves the right to request additional technical information from the Interconnection Customer as may reasonably become necessary consistent with Good Utility Practice during the course of the feasibility study and as designated in accordance with the standard Small Generator Interconnection Procedures. If the Interconnection Customer modifies its Interconnection Request, the time to complete the feasibility study may be extended by agreement of the Parties. 5.0 In performing the study, SCL shall rely, to the extent reasonably practicable, on existing studies of recent vintage. The Interconnection Customer shall not be charged for such existing studies; however, the Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for charges associated with any new study or modifications to existing studies that are reasonably necessary to perform the feasibility study. 6.0 The feasibility study report shall provide the following analyses for the purpose of identifying any potential adverse system impacts that would result from the interconnection of the Small Generating Facility as proposed: 6.1 Initial identification of any circuit breaker short circuit capability limits exceeded as a result of the interconnection; 6.2 Initial identification of any thermal overload or voltage limit violations resulting from the interconnection; 6.3 Initial review of grounding requirements and electric system protection; and 6.4 Description and non-binding estimated cost of facilities required to interconnect the proposed Small Generating Facility and to address the identified short circuit and power flow issues. 7.0 The feasibility study shall model the impact of the Small Generating Facility regardless of purpose in order to avoid the further expense and interruption of operation for reexamination of feasibility and impacts if the Interconnection Customer later changes the purpose for which the Small Generating Facility is being installed. 8.0 The study shall include the feasibility of any interconnection at a proposed project site where there could be multiple potential Points of Interconnection, as requested by the Interconnection Customer and at the Interconnection Customer's cost. 9.0 A deposit of the lesser of 50 percent of good faith estimated feasibility study costs or earnest money of $1,000 may be required from the Interconnection Customer. 10.0 Once the feasibility study is completed, a feasibility study report shall be prepared and transmitted to the Interconnection Customer. Barring unusual circumstances, the feasibility study must be completed and the feasibility study report transmitted within 30 Business Days of the Interconnection Customer's agreement to conduct a feasibility study. 11.0 Any study fees shall be based on SCL's actual costs and will be invoiced to the Interconnection Customer after the study is completed and delivered and will include a summary of professional time. 12.0 The Interconnection Customer must pay any study costs that exceed the deposit without interest within 30 calendar days on receipt of the invoice or resolution of any dispute. If the deposit exceeds the invoiced fees, SCL shall refund such excess within 30 calendar days of the invoice without interest. 13.0 Governing Law, Regulatory Authority, and Rules The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and each of its provisions shall be governed by the laws of the state of __________________ (where the Point of Interconnection is located), without regard to its conflicts of law principles. This Agreement is subject to all Applicable Laws and Regulations. Each Party expressly reserves the right to seek changes in, appeal, or otherwise contest any laws, orders, or regulations of a Governmental Authority. 14.0 Amendment The Parties may amend this Agreement by a written instrument duly executed by both Parties. 15.0 No Third-Party Beneficiaries This Agreement is not intended to and does not create rights, remedies, or benefits of any character whatsoever in favor of any persons, corporations, associations, or entities other than the Parties, and the obligations herein assumed are solely for the use and benefit of the Parties, their successors in interest and where permitted, their assigns. 16.0 Waiver 16.1 The failure of a Party to this Agreement to insist, on any occasion, upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement will not be considered a waiver of any obligation, right, or duty of, or imposed upon, such Party. 16.2 Any waiver at any time by either Party of its rights with respect to this Agreement shall not be deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver with respect to any other failure to comply with any other obligation, right, duty of this Agreement. Termination or default of this Agreement for any reason by Interconnection Customer shall not constitute a waiver of the Interconnection Customer's legal rights to obtain an interconnection from SCL. Any waiver of this Agreement shall, if requested, be provided in writing. 17.0 Multiple Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which is deemed an original but all constitute one and the same instrument. 18.0 No Partnership This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an association, joint venture, agency relationship, or partnership between the Parties or to impose any partnership obligation or partnership liability upon either Party. Neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to enter into any agreement or undertaking for, or act on behalf of, or to act as or be an agent or representative of, or to otherwise bind, the other Party. 19.0 Severability If any provision or portion of this Agreement shall for any reason be held or adjudged to be invalid or illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority, (1) such portion or provision shall be deemed separate and independent, (2) the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to restore insofar as practicable the benefits to each Party that were affected by such ruling, and (3) the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 20.0 Subcontractors Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent a Party from utilizing the services of any subcontractor as it deems appropriate to perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that each Party shall require its subcontractors to comply with all applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement in providing such services and each Party shall remain primarily liable to the other Party for the performance of such subcontractor. 20.1 The creation of any subcontract relationship shall not relieve the hiring Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement. The hiring Party shall be fully responsible to the other Party for the acts or omissions of any subcontractor the hiring Party hires as if no subcontract had been made; provided, however, that in no event shall SCL be liable for the actions or inactions of the Interconnection Customer or its subcontractors with respect to obligations of the Interconnection Customer under this Agreement. Any applicable obligation imposed by this Agreement upon the hiring Party shall be equally binding upon, and shall be construed as having application to, any subcontractor of such Party. 20.2 The obligations under this article will not be limited in any way by any limitation of subcontractor's insurance. 21.0 Reservation of Rights Subject to the applicable state and local statutes, rules and regulations, SCL shall have the right to make unilateral modifications to this Agreement with respect to any rates, terms and conditions, charges, or classifications of service. The Interconnection Customer shall have the right to make a unilateral filing with FERC to modify this Agreement under any applicable provision of the Federal Power Act and FERC's rules and regulations; provided that each Party shall have the right to protest any such filing by the other Party and to participate fully in any proceeding before FERC in which such modifications may be considered. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the rights of the Parties or of FERC under sections 205 or 206 of the Federal Power Act and FERC's rules and regulations, except to the extent that the Parties otherwise agree as provided herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers or agents on the day and year first above written. Seattle City Light [Insert name of Interconnection Customer] _________________________________ _________________________________ Signed______________________________ Signed___________________________ Name (Printed): Name (Printed): ___________________________________ ________________________________ Title_______________________________ Title____________________________ Attachment A to Feasibility Study Agreement Assumptions Used in Conducting the Feasibility Study The feasibility study will be based upon the information set forth in the Interconnection Request and agreed upon in the scoping meeting held on _____________________: 1) Designation of Point of Interconnection and configuration to be studied. 2) Designation of alternative Points of Interconnection and configuration. 1) and 2) are to be completed by the Interconnection Customer. Other assumptions (listed below) are to be provided by the Interconnection Customer and SCL. Seattle City Light System Impact Study Agreement THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this _____ day of __________________ 20___ by and between_____________________________________________________, a ____________________________organized and existing under the laws of the State of __________________________________________, ("Interconnection Customer,") and Seattle City Light, an electric utility existing under the laws of the State of Washington ("SCL"). Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider each may be referred to as a "Party," or collectively as the "Parties." RECITALS WHEREAS, the Interconnection Customer is proposing to develop a Small Generating Facility or generating capacity addition to an existing Small Generating Facility consistent with the Interconnection Request completed by the Interconnection Customer on________________________; and WHEREAS, the Interconnection Customer desires to interconnect the Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System; WHEREAS, SCL has completed a feasibility study and provided the results of said study to the Interconnection Customer (This recital to be omitted if the Parties have agreed to forego the feasibility study.); and WHEREAS, the Interconnection Customer has requested SCL to perform a system impact study(s) to assess the impact of interconnecting the Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System, and of any Affected Systems; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of and subject to the mutual covenants contained herein the Parties agreed as follows: 1.0 When used in this Agreement, with initial capitalization, the terms specified shall have the meanings indicated or the meanings specified in the standard Small Generator Interconnection Procedures. 2.0 The Interconnection Customer elects and SCL shall cause to be performed a system impact study(s) consistent with the standard Small Generator Interconnection Procedures in accordance with the Tariff. 3.0 The scope of a system impact study shall be subject to the assumptions set forth in Attachment A to this Agreement. 4.0 A system impact study will be based upon the results of the feasibility study and the technical information provided by Interconnection Customer in the Interconnection Request. SCL reserves the right to request additional technical information from the Interconnection Customer as may reasonably become necessary consistent with Good Utility Practice during the course of the system impact study. If the Interconnection Customer modifies its designated Point of Interconnection, Interconnection Request, or the technical information provided therein is modified, the time to complete the system impact study may be extended. 5.0 A system impact study shall consist of a short circuit analysis, a stability analysis, a power flow analysis, voltage drop and flicker studies, protection and set point coordination studies, and grounding reviews, as necessary. A system impact study shall state the assumptions upon which it is based, state the results of the analyses, and provide the requirement or potential impediments to providing the requested interconnection service, including a preliminary indication of the cost and length of time that would be necessary to correct any problems identified in those analyses and implement the interconnection. A system impact study shall provide a list of facilities that are required as a result of the Interconnection Request and non-binding good faith estimates of cost responsibility and time to construct. 6.0 A distribution system impact study shall incorporate a distribution load flow study, an analysis of equipment interrupting ratings, protection coordination study, voltage drop and flicker studies, protection and set point coordination studies, grounding reviews, and the impact on electric system operation, as necessary. 7.0 Affected Systems may participate in the preparation of a system impact study, with a division of costs among such entities as they may agree. All Affected Systems shall be afforded an opportunity to review and comment upon a system impact study that covers potential adverse system impacts on their electric systems, and SCL has 20 additional Business Days to complete a system impact study requiring review by Affected Systems. 8.0 If SCL uses a queuing procedure for sorting or prioritizing projects and their associated cost responsibilities for any required Network Upgrades, the system impact study shall consider all generating facilities (and with respect to paragraph 8.3 below, any identified Upgrades associated with such higher queued interconnection) that, on the date the system impact study is commenced - 8.1 Are directly interconnected with SCL's electric system; or 8.2 Are interconnected with Affected Systems and may have an impact on the proposed interconnection; and 8.3 Have a pending higher queued Interconnection Request to interconnect with SCL's electric system. 9.0 A distribution system impact study, if required, shall be completed and the results transmitted to the Interconnection Customer within 30 Business Days after this Agreement is signed by the Parties. A transmission system impact study, if required, shall be completed and the results transmitted to the Interconnection Customer within 45 Business Days after this Agreement is signed by the Parties, or in accordance with SCL's queuing procedures. 10.0 A deposit of the equivalent of the good faith estimated cost of a distribution system impact study and the one half the good faith estimated cost of a transmission system impact study may be required from the Interconnection Customer. 11.0 Any study fees shall be based on SCL's actual costs and will be invoiced to the Interconnection Customer after the study is completed and delivered and will include a summary of professional time. 12.0 The Interconnection Customer must pay any study costs that exceed the deposit without interest within 30 calendar days on receipt of the invoice or resolution of any dispute. If the deposit exceeds the invoiced fees, SCL shall refund such excess within 30 calendar days of the invoice without interest. 13.0 Governing Law, Regulatory Authority, and Rules The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and each of its provisions shall be governed by the laws of the state of Washington (where the Point of Interconnection is located), without regard to its conflicts of law principles. This Agreement is subject to all Applicable Laws and Regulations. Each Party expressly reserves the right to seek changes in, appeal, or otherwise contest any laws, orders, or regulations of a Governmental Authority. 14.0 Amendment The Parties may amend this Agreement by a written instrument duly executed by both Parties. 15.0 No Third-Party Beneficiaries This Agreement is not intended to and does not create rights, remedies, or benefits of any character whatsoever in favor of any persons, corporations, associations, or entities other than the Parties, and the obligations herein assumed are solely for the use and benefit of the Parties, their successors in interest and where permitted, their assigns. 16.0 Waiver 16.1 The failure of a Party to this Agreement to insist, on any occasion, upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement will not be considered a waiver of any obligation, right, or duty of, or imposed upon, such Party. 16.2 Any waiver at any time by either Party of its rights with respect to this Agreement shall not be deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver with respect to any other failure to comply with any other obligation, right, duty of this Agreement. Termination or default of this Agreement for any reason by Interconnection Customer shall not constitute a waiver of the Interconnection Customer's legal rights to obtain an interconnection from SCL. Any waiver of this Agreement shall, if requested, be provided in writing. 17.0 Multiple Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which is deemed an original but all constitute one and the same instrument. 18.0 No Partnership This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an association, joint venture, agency relationship, or partnership between the Parties or to impose any partnership obligation or partnership liability upon either Party. Neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to enter into any agreement or undertaking for, or act on behalf of, or to act as or be an agent or representative of, or to otherwise bind, the other Party. 19.0 Severability If any provision or portion of this Agreement shall for any reason be held or adjudged to be invalid or illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority, (1) such portion or provision shall be deemed separate and independent, (2) the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to restore insofar as practicable the benefits to each Party that were affected by such ruling, and (3) the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 20.0 Subcontractors Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent a Party from utilizing the services of any subcontractor as it deems appropriate to perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that each Party shall require its subcontractors to comply with all applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement in providing such services and each Party shall remain primarily liable to the other Party for the performance of such subcontractor. 20.1 The creation of any subcontract relationship shall not relieve the hiring Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement. The hiring Party shall be fully responsible to the other Party for the acts or omissions of any subcontractor the hiring Party hires as if no subcontract had been made; provided, however, that in no event shall SCL be liable for the actions or inactions of the Interconnection Customer or its subcontractors with respect to obligations of the Interconnection Customer under this Agreement. Any applicable obligation imposed by this Agreement upon the hiring Party shall be equally binding upon, and shall be construed as having application to, any subcontractor of such Party. 20.2 The obligations under this article will not be limited in any way by any limitation of subcontractor's insurance. 21.0 Reservation of Rights Subject to the applicable state and local statutes, rules and regulations, SCL shall have the right to make unilateral modifications to this Agreement with respect to any rates, terms and conditions, charges, or classifications of service. The Interconnection Customer shall have the right to make a unilateral filing with FERC to modify this Agreement under any applicable provision of the Federal Power Act and FERC's rules and regulations; provided that each Party shall have the right to protest any such filing by the other Party and to participate fully in any proceeding before FERC in which such modifications may be considered. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the rights of the Parties or of FERC under sections 205 or 206 of the Federal Power Act and FERC's rules and regulations, except to the extent that the Parties otherwise agree as provided herein. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers or agents on the day and year first above written. Seattle City Light [Insert name of Interconnection Customer] ___________________________________ _________________________________ Signed______________________________ Signed___________________________ Name (Printed): Name (Printed): ___________________________________ ________________________________ Title_______________________________ Title____________________________ Attachment A to System Impact Study Agreement Assumptions Used in Conducting the System Impact Study The system impact study shall be based upon the results of the feasibility study, subject to any modifications in accordance with the standard Small Generator Interconnection Procedures, and the following assumptions: 1) Designation of Point of Interconnection and configuration to be studied. 2) Designation of alternative Points of Interconnection and configuration. 1) and 2) are to be completed by the Interconnection Customer. Other assumptions (listed below) are to be provided by the Interconnection Customer and SCL. Seattle City Light Facilities Study Agreement THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this _____ day of______________ 20___ by and between_____________________________________________________, a ____________________________ organized and existing under the laws of the State of __________________________________________, ("Interconnection Customer,") and Seattle City Light, an electric utility existing under the laws of the State of Washington ("SCL"). Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider each may be referred to as a "Party," or collectively as the "Parties." RECITALS WHEREAS, the Interconnection Customer is proposing to develop a Small Generating Facility or generating capacity addition to an existing Small Generating Facility consistent with the Interconnection Request completed by the Interconnection Customer on______________________; and WHEREAS, the Interconnection Customer desires to interconnect the Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System; WHEREAS, SCL has completed a system impact study and provided the results of said study to the Interconnection Customer; and WHEREAS, the Interconnection Customer has requested SCL to perform a facilities study to specify and estimate the cost of the equipment, engineering, procurement and construction work needed to implement the conclusions of the system impact study in accordance with Good Utility Practice to physically and electrically connect the Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of and subject to the mutual covenants contained herein the Parties agreed as follows: 1.0 When used in this Agreement, with initial capitalization, the terms specified shall have the meanings indicated or the meanings specified in the standard Small Generator Interconnection Procedures. 2.0 The Interconnection Customer elects and SCL shall cause a facilities study consistent with the standard Small Generator Interconnection Procedures to be performed in accordance with the Tariff. 3.0 The scope of the facilities study shall be subject to data provided in Attachment A to this Agreement. 4.0 The facilities study shall specify and estimate the cost of the equipment, engineering, procurement and construction work (including overheads) needed to implement the conclusions of the system impact study(s). The facilities study shall also identify (1) the electrical switching configuration of the equipment, including, without limitation, transformer, switchgear, meters, and other station equipment, (2) the nature and estimated cost of SCL's Interconnection Facilities and Upgrades necessary to accomplish the interconnection, and (3) an estimate of the time required to complete the construction and installation of such facilities. 5.0 SCL may propose to group facilities required for more than one Interconnection Customer in order to minimize facilities costs through economies of scale, but any Interconnection Customer may require the installation of facilities required for its own Small Generating Facility if it is willing to pay the costs of those facilities. 6.0 A deposit of the good faith estimated facilities study costs may be required from the Interconnection Customer. 7.0 In cases where Upgrades are required, the facilities study must be completed within 45 Business Days of the receipt of this Agreement. In cases where no Upgrades are necessary, and the required facilities are limited to Interconnection Facilities, the facilities study must be completed within 30 Business Days. 8.0 Once the facilities study is completed, a facilities study report shall be prepared and transmitted to the Interconnection Customer. Barring unusual circumstances, the facilities study must be completed and the facilities study report transmitted within 30 Business Days of the Interconnection Customer's agreement to conduct a facilities study. 9.0 Any study fees shall be based on SCL's actual costs and will be invoiced to the Interconnection Customer after the study is completed and delivered and will include a summary of professional time. 10.0 The Interconnection Customer must pay any study costs that exceed the deposit without interest within 30 calendar days on receipt of the invoice or resolution of any dispute. If the deposit exceeds the invoiced fees, SCL shall refund such excess within 30 calendar days of the invoice without interest. 11.0 Governing Law, Regulatory Authority, and Rules The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and each of its provisions shall be governed by the laws of the state of Washington (where the Point of Interconnection is located), without regard to its conflicts of law principles. This Agreement is subject to all Applicable Laws and Regulations. Each Party expressly reserves the right to seek changes in, appeal, or otherwise contest any laws, orders, or regulations of a Governmental Authority. 12.0 Amendment The Parties may amend this Agreement by a written instrument duly executed by both Parties. 13.0 No Third-Party Beneficiaries This Agreement is not intended to and does not create rights, remedies, or benefits of any character whatsoever in favor of any persons, corporations, associations, or entities other than the Parties, and the obligations herein assumed are solely for the use and benefit of the Parties, their successors in interest and where permitted, their assigns. 14.0 Waiver 14.1 The failure of a Party to this Agreement to insist, on any occasion, upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement will not be considered a waiver of any obligation, right, or duty of, or imposed upon, such Party. 14.2 Any waiver at any time by either Party of its rights with respect to this Agreement shall not be deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver with respect to any other failure to comply with any other obligation, right, duty of this Agreement. Termination or default of this Agreement for any reason by Interconnection Customer shall not constitute a waiver of the Interconnection Customer's legal rights to obtain an interconnection from SCL. Any waiver of this Agreement shall, if requested, be provided in writing. 15.0 Multiple Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which is deemed an original but all constitute one and the same instrument. 16.0 No Partnership This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an association, joint venture, agency relationship, or partnership between the Parties or to impose any partnership obligation or partnership liability upon either Party. Neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to enter into any agreement or undertaking for, or act on behalf of, or to act as or be an agent or representative of, or to otherwise bind, the other Party. 17.0 Severability If any provision or portion of this Agreement shall for any reason be held or adjudged to be invalid or illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority, (1) such portion or provision shall be deemed separate and independent, (2) the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to restore insofar as practicable the benefits to each Party that were affected by such ruling, and (3) the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 18.0 Subcontractors Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent a Party from utilizing the services of any subcontractor as it deems appropriate to perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that each Party shall require its subcontractors to comply with all applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement in providing such services and each Party shall remain primarily liable to the other Party for the performance of such subcontractor. 18.1 The creation of any subcontract relationship shall not relieve the hiring Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement. The hiring Party shall be fully responsible to the other Party for the acts or omissions of any subcontractor the hiring Party hires as if no subcontract had been made; provided, however, that in no event shall SCL be liable for the actions or inactions of the Interconnection Customer or its subcontractors with respect to obligations of the Interconnection Customer under this Agreement. Any applicable obligation imposed by this Agreement upon the hiring Party shall be equally binding upon, and shall be construed as having application to, any subcontractor of such Party. 18.2 The obligations under this article will not be limited in any way by any limitation of subcontractor's insurance. 19.0 Reservation of Rights Subject to the applicable state and local statutes, rules and regulations, SCL shall have the right to make unilateral modifications to this Agreement with respect to any rates, terms and conditions, charges, or classifications of service. The Interconnection Customer shall have the right to make a unilateral filing with FERC to modify this Agreement under any applicable provision of the Federal Power Act and FERC's rules and regulations; provided that each Party shall have the right to protest any such filing by the other Party and to participate fully in any proceeding before FERC in which such modifications may be considered. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the rights of the Parties or of FERC under sections of the Federal Power Act and FERC's rules and regulations, except to the extent that the Parties otherwise agree as provided herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers or agents on the day and year first above written. Seattle City Light [Insert name of Interconnection Customer] ___________________________________ _________________________________ Signed______________________________ Signed___________________________ Name (Printed): Name (Printed): ___________________________________ ________________________________ Title_______________________________ Title____________________________ Attachment A to Facilities Study Agreement Data to Be Provided by the Interconnection Customer with the Facilities Study Agreement Provide location plan and simplified one-line diagram of the plant and station facilities. For staged projects, please indicate future generation, transmission circuits, etc. On the one-line diagram, indicate the generation capacity attached at each metering location. (Maximum load on CT/PT) On the one-line diagram, indicate the location of auxiliary power. (Minimum load on CT/PT) Amps One set of metering is required for each generation connection to the new ring bus or existing Transmission Provider station. Number of generation connections: _____________ Will an alternate source of auxiliary power be available during CT/PT maintenance? Yes No ______ Will a transfer bus on the generation side of the metering require that each meter set be designed for the total plant generation? Yes No _____ (Please indicate on the one-line diagram). What type of control system or PLC will be located at the Small Generating Facility? __________________________________________________________________________ ____ __________________________________________________________________________ ____ What protocol does the control system or PLC use? __________________________________________________________________________ ____ __________________________________________________________________________ ____ Please provide a 7.5-minute quadrangle map of the site. Indicate the plant, station, transmission line, and property lines. Physical dimensions of the proposed interconnection station: __________________________________________________________________________ ____ Bus length from generation to interconnection station: __________________________________________________________________________ ____ Line length from interconnection station to Transmission Provider's Transmission System. __________________________________________________________________________ ____ Tower number observed in the field. (Painted on tower leg)*: __________________________________________________________________________ ____ Number of third party easements required for transmission lines*: __________________________________________________________________________ ____ * To be completed in coordination with Transmission Provider. Is the Small Generating Facility located in Transmission Provider's service area? Yes No If No, please provide name of local provider: __________________________________________________________________________ ____ Please provide the following proposed schedule dates: Begin Construction Date:____________________________ Generator step-up transformers Date:____________________________ receive back feed power Generation Testing Date:____________________________ Commercial Operation Date:____________________________ 1 A spot Network is a type of distribution system found within modern commercial buildings to provide high reliability of service to a single customer. (Standard Handbook for Electrical Engineers, 11th edition, Donald Fink, McGraw Hill Book Company) Exhibit D to Attachment 1 to SCL OATT ORD SEATTLE CITY LIGHT SMALL GENERATOR INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT (SGIA) (For Generating Facilities No Larger Than 20 MW or 50% of Substation Light Load) TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. Article 1. Scope and Limitations of Agreement. 1 - 1.1 Applicability 1 - 1.2 Purpose 1 - 1.3 No Agreement to Purchase or Deliver Power 1 - 1.4 Limitations 1 - 1.5 Responsibilities of the Parties 2 - 1.6 Parallel Operation Obligations 2 - 1.7 Metering 3 - 1.8 Reactive Power 3 - Article 2. Inspection, Testing, Authorization, and Right of Access 3 - 2.1 Equipment Testing and Inspection 3 - 2.2 Authorization Required Prior to Parallel Operation. 4 - 2.3 Right of Access 4 - Article 3. Effective Date, Term, Termination, and Disconnection 5 - 3.1 Effective Date 5 - 3.2 Term of Agreement 5 - 3.3 Termination 5 - 3.4 Temporary Disconnection 5 - 3.4.1 Emergency Conditions 5 - 3.4.2 Routine Maintenance, Construction, and Repair 6 - 3.4.3 Forced Outages 6 - 3.4.4 Adverse Operating Effects 6 - 3.4.5 Modification of the Small Generating Facility 7 - 3.4.6 Reconnection 7 - Article 4. Cost Responsibility for Interconnection Facilities and Distribution Upgrades 7 - 4.1 Interconnection Facilities 7 - 4.2 Distribution Upgrades 7 - Article 5. Cost Responsibility for Network Upgrades 8 - 5.1 Applicability 8 - 5.2 Network Upgrades 8 - 5.2.1 Repayment of Amounts Advanced for Network Upgrades 8 - 5.3 Special Provisions for Affected Systems 9 - 5.4 Rights Under Other Agreements 9 - Article 6. Billing, Payment, Milestones, and Financial Security 9 - 6.1 Billing and Payment Procedures and Final Accounting 9 - 6.2 Milestones. 10 - 6.3 Financial Security Arrangements 10 - Article 7. Assignment, Liability, Indemnity, Force Majeure, Consequential Damages, and Default 11 - 7.1 Assignment 11 - 7.2 Limitation of Liability 11 - 7.3 Indemnity 11 - 7.4 Consequential Damages 12 - 7.5 Force Majeure. 12 - 7.6 Default 13 - Article 8. Insurance 13 - Article 9. Confidentiality 14 - Article 10. Disputes 15 - Article 11. Taxes 15 - Article 12. Miscellaneous 16 - 12.1 Governing Law, Regulatory Authority, and Rules 16 - 12.2 Amendment 16 - 12.3 No Third-Party Beneficiaries 16 - 12.4 Waiver 16 - 12.5 Entire Agreement 16 - 12.6 Multiple Counterparts. 16 - 12.7 No Partnership 17 - 12.8 Severability 17 - 12.9 Security Arrangements 17 - 12.10 Environmental Releases 17 - 12.11 Subcontractors 17 - Article 13. Notices 18 - 13.1 General 18 - 13.2 Billing and Payment 18 - 13.3 Alternative Forms of Notice 19 - 13.4 Designated Operating Representative 19 - 13.5 Changes to the Notice Information 20 - Article 14. Signatures 20 - Attachment 1 Glossary of Terms Attachment 2 Description and Costs of the Small Generating Facility, Interconnection Facilities, and Metering Equipment Attachment 3 One-line Diagram Depicting the Small Generating Facility, Interconnection Facilities, Metering Equipment, and Upgrades Attachment 4 Milestones Attachment 5 Operating Requirements, Policies and Procedures for Interconnecting to Seattle City Light's Transmission System and Other Affected Systems Attachment 6 Transmission Provider's Description of its Upgrades and Best Estimate of Upgrade Costs This Interconnection Agreement ("Agreement") is made and entered into this ________ day of ________________, 20___, by City of Seattle, Washington, City Light Department ("SCL"), and _________________________________________________ ("Interconnection Customer") each hereinafter sometimes referred to individually as "Party" or both referred to collectively as the "Parties." SCL Contact Information Seattle City Light Attention: Customer Service & Energy Delivery Officer 700 Fifth Avenue, Suite 3200 P.O. Box 34023 Seattle, WA 98124-4023 Phone: (206) 684-3718 Fax: (206) 684-3428 Interconnection Customer Information Interconnection Customer: ____________________________________________ Attention: _________________________________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________ City: _______________________________ State: ______________ Zip: ______ Phone: ________________ Fax: _________________ Interconnection Customer Application No: _____________ In consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows: Article 1. Scope and Limitations of Agreement 1.1 This Agreement shall be used for all Interconnection Requests submitted under the document titled: Seattle City Light, Small Generator Interconnection Procedures (SGIP). 1.2 This Agreement governs the terms and conditions under which the Interconnection Customer's Small Generating Facility will interconnect with, and operate in parallel with, the SCL's Transmission System. 1.3 This Agreement does not constitute an agreement to purchase or deliver the Interconnection Customer's power. The purchase or delivery of power and other services that the Interconnection Customer may require will be covered under separate agreements, if any. The Interconnection Customer will be responsible for separately making all necessary arrangements (including scheduling) for delivery of electricity with the applicable Transmission Provider. 1.4 Nothing in this Agreement is intended to affect any other agreement between the SCL and the Interconnection Customer. 1.5 Responsibilities of the Parties 1.5.1 The Parties shall perform all obligations of this Agreement in accordance with all Applicable Laws and Regulations, Operating Requirements, and Good Utility Practice. 1.5.2 The Interconnection Customer shall construct, interconnect, operate and maintain its Small Generating Facility and construct, operate, and maintain its Interconnection Facilities in accordance with the applicable manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule, and in accordance with this Agreement, and with Good Utility Practice. 1.5.3 SCL shall construct, operate, and maintain its Transmission System and Interconnection Facilities in accordance with this Agreement, and with Good Utility Practice. 1.5.4 The Interconnection Customer agrees to construct its facilities or systems in accordance with applicable specifications that meet or exceed those provided by the National Electrical Safety Code, the American National Standards Institute, IEEE, Underwriter's Laboratory, and Operating Requirements in effect at the time of construction and other applicable national and state codes and standards. The Interconnection Customer agrees to design, install, maintain, and operate its Small Generating Facility so as to reasonably minimize the likelihood of a disturbance adversely affecting or impairing the system or equipment of SCL and any Affected Systems. 1.5.5 Each Party shall operate, maintain, repair, and inspect, and shall be fully responsible for the facilities that it now or subsequently may own unless otherwise specified in the Attachments to this Agreement. Each Party shall be responsible for the safe installation, maintenance, repair and condition of their respective lines and appurtenances on their respective sides of the point of change of ownership. SCL and the Interconnection Customer, as appropriate, shall provide Interconnection Facilities that adequately protect the SCL Transmission System, personnel, and other persons from damage and injury. The allocation of responsibility for the design, installation, operation, maintenance and ownership of Interconnection Facilities shall be delineated in the Attachments to this Agreement. 1.5.6 SCL shall coordinate with all Affected Systems to support the interconnection. 1.6 Parallel Operation Obligations Once the Small Generating Facility has been authorized to commence parallel operation, the Interconnection Customer shall abide by all rules and procedures pertaining to the parallel operation of the Small Generating Facility in the applicable control area, including, but not limited to; 1) the rules and procedures concerning the operation of generation set forth in the Tariff or by the applicable system operator(s) for SCL's Transmission System and; 2) the Operating Requirements set forth in Attachment 5 of this Agreement. 1.7 Metering The Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for SCL's reasonable and necessary cost for the purchase, installation, operation, maintenance, testing, repair, and replacement of metering and data acquisition equipment specified in Attachments 2 and 3 of this Agreement. The Interconnection Customer's metering (and data acquisition, as required) equipment shall conform to applicable industry rules and Operating Requirements. 1.8 Reactive Power 1.8.1 The Interconnection Customer shall design its Small Generating Facility to maintain a composite power delivery at continuous rated power output at the Point of Interconnection at a power factor within the range of 0.95 leading to 0.95 lagging, unless SCL has established different requirements that apply to all similarly situated generators in the control area on a comparable basis. The requirements of this paragraph shall not apply to wind generators. 1.8.2 SCL is required to pay the Interconnection Customer for reactive power that the Interconnection Customer provides or absorbs from the Small Generating Facility when SCL requests the Interconnection Customer to operate its Small Generating Facility outside the range specified in article 1.8.1. In addition, if SCL pays its own or affiliated generators for reactive power service within the specified range, it must also pay the Interconnection Customer. 1.8.3 Payments shall be in accordance with the Interconnection Customer's applicable rate schedule then in effect. To the extent that no rate schedule is in effect at the time the Interconnection Customer is required to provide or absorb reactive power under this Agreement, the Parties agree to expeditiously file such rate schedule and agree to support any request for waiver of the Commission's prior notice requirement in order to compensate the Interconnection Customer from the time service commenced. 1.9 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings specified in the Glossary of Terms in Attachment 1 or the body of this Agreement. Article 2. Inspection, Testing, Authorization, and Right of Access 2.1 Equipment Testing and Inspection 2.1.1 The Interconnection Customer shall test and inspect its Small Generating Facility and Interconnection Facilities prior to interconnection. The Interconnection Customer shall notify SCL of such activities no fewer than five Business Days (or as may be agreed to by the Parties) prior to such testing and inspection. Testing and inspection shall occur on a Business Day. SCL may, at its own expense, send qualified personnel to the Small Generating Facility site to inspect the interconnection and observe the testing. The Interconnection Customer shall provide SCL a written test report when such testing and inspection is completed. 2.1.2 SCL shall provide the Interconnection Customer written acknowledgment that it has received the Interconnection Customer's written test report. Such written acknowledgment shall not be deemed to be or construed as any representation, assurance, guarantee, or warranty by SCL of the safety, durability, suitability, or reliability of the Small Generating Facility or any associated control, protective, and safety devices owned or controlled by the Interconnection Customer or the quality of power produced by the Small Generating Facility. 2.2 Authorization Required Prior to Parallel Operation 2.2.1 SCL shall use Reasonable Efforts to list applicable parallel operation requirements in Attachment 5 of this Agreement. Additionally, SCL shall notify the Interconnection Customer of any changes to these requirements as soon as they are known. SCL shall make Reasonable Efforts to cooperate with the Interconnection Customer in meeting requirements necessary for the Interconnection Customer to commence parallel operations by the in-service date. 2.2.2 The Interconnection Customer shall not operate its Small Generating Facility in parallel with SCL's Transmission System without prior written authorization of SCL. SCL will provide such authorization once SCL receives notification that the Interconnection Customer has complied with all applicable parallel operation requirements. Such authorization shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. 2.3 Right of Access 2.3.1 Upon reasonable notice, SCL may send a qualified person to the premises of the Interconnection Customer at or immediately before the time the Small Generating Facility first produces energy to inspect the interconnection, and observe the commissioning of the Small Generating Facility (including any required testing), startup, and operation for a period of up to three Business Days after initial start-up of the unit. In addition, the Interconnection Customer shall notify SCL at least five Business Days prior to conducting any on-site verification testing of the Small Generating Facility. 2.3.2 Following the initial inspection process described above, at reasonable hours, and upon reasonable notice, or at any time without notice in the event of an emergency or hazardous condition, SCL shall have access to the Interconnection Customer's premises for any reasonable purpose in connection with the performance of the obligations imposed on it by this Agreement or if necessary to meet its legal obligation to provide service to its customers. 2.3.3 Each Party shall be responsible for its own costs associated with following this article. Article 3. Effective Date, Term, Termination, and Disconnection 3.1 Effective Date This Agreement shall become effective upon execution by the Parties. 3.2 Term of Agreement This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect for a period of ten years from the Effective Date or such other longer period as the Interconnection Customer may request and shall be automatically renewed for each successive one-year period thereafter, unless terminated earlier in accordance with article 3.3 of this Agreement. 3.3 Termination No termination shall become effective until the Parties have complied with all Applicable Laws and Regulations applicable to such termination. 3.3.1 The Interconnection Customer may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving SCL 20 Business Days written notice. 3.3.2 Either Party may terminate this Agreement after Default pursuant to article 7.6. 3.3.3 Upon termination of this Agreement, the Small Generating Facility will be disconnected from SCL's Transmission System. All costs required to effectuate such disconnection shall be borne by the terminating Party, unless such termination resulted from the non-terminating Party's Default of this SGIA or such non-terminating Party otherwise is responsible for these costs under this SGIA. 3.3.4 The termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either Party of its liabilities and obligations, owed or continuing at the time of the termination 3.3.5 This provisions of this article shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement. 3.4 Temporary Disconnection Temporary disconnection shall continue only for so long as reasonably necessary under Good Utility Practice. 3.4.1 Emergency Conditions -"Emergency Condition" shall mean a condition or situation: (1) that in the judgment of the Party making the claim is imminently likely to endanger life or property; or (2) that, in the case of SCL, is imminently likely (as determined in a nondiscriminatory manner) to cause a material adverse effect on the security of, or damage to the Transmission System, SCL's Interconnection Facilities or the Transmission Systems of others to which the Transmission System is directly connected; or (3) that, in the case of the Interconnection Customer, is imminently likely (as determined in a non-discriminatory manner) to cause a material adverse effect on the security of, or damage to, the Small Generating Facility or the Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities. Under Emergency Conditions, SCL may immediately suspend interconnection service and temporarily disconnect the Small Generating Facility. SCL shall notify the Interconnection Customer promptly when it becomes aware of an Emergency Condition that may reasonably be expected to affect the Interconnection Customer's operation of the Small Generating Facility. The Interconnection Customer shall notify SCL promptly when it becomes aware of an Emergency Condition that may reasonably be expected to affect SCL's Transmission System or any Affected Systems. To the extent information is known, the notification shall describe the Emergency Condition, the extent of the damage or deficiency, the expected effect on the operation of both Parties' facilities and operations, its anticipated duration, and the necessary corrective action. 3.4.2 Routine Maintenance, Construction, and Repair SCL may interrupt interconnection service or curtail the output of the Small Generating Facility and temporarily disconnect the Small Generating Facility from SCL's Transmission System when necessary for routine maintenance, construction, and repairs on SCL's Transmission System. SCL shall provide the Interconnection Customer with five Business Days notice prior to such interruption. SCL shall use Reasonable Efforts to coordinate such reduction or temporary disconnection with the Interconnection Customer. 3.4.3 Forced Outages During any forced outage, SCL may suspend interconnection service to effect immediate repairs on SCL's Transmission System. SCL shall use Reasonable Efforts to provide the Interconnection Customer with prior notice. If prior notice is not given, SCL shall, upon request, provide the Interconnection Customer written documentation after the fact explaining the circumstances of the disconnection. 3.4.4 Adverse Operating Effects SCL shall notify the Interconnection Customer as soon as practicable if, based on Good Utility Practice, operation of the Small Generating Facility may cause disruption or deterioration of service to other customers served from the same electric system, or if operating the Small Generating Facility could cause damage to SCL's Transmission System or Affected Systems. Supporting documentation used to reach the decision to disconnect shall be provided to the Interconnection Customer upon request. If, after notice, the Interconnection Customer fails to remedy the adverse operating effect within a reasonable time, SCL may disconnect the Small Generating Facility. SCL shall provide the Interconnection Customer with five Business Day notice of such disconnection, unless the provisions of article 3.4.1 apply. 3.4.5 Modification of the Small Generating Facility The Interconnection Customer must receive written authorization from SCL before making any change to the Small Generating Facility that may have a material impact on the safety or reliability of the Transmission System. Such authorization shall not be unreasonably withheld. Modifications shall be done in accordance with Good Utility Practice. If the Interconnection Customer makes such modification without SCL's prior written authorization, the latter shall have the right to temporarily disconnect the Small Generating Facility. 3.4.6 Reconnection The Parties shall cooperate with each other to restore the Small Generating Facility, Interconnection Facilities, and SCL's Transmission System to their normal operating state as soon as reasonably practicable following a temporary disconnection. Article 4. Cost Responsibility for Interconnection Facilities and Distribution Upgrades 4.1 Interconnection Facilities 4.1.1 The Interconnection Customer shall pay for the cost of the Interconnection Facilities itemized in Attachment 2 of this Agreement. SCL shall provide a best estimate cost, including overheads, for the purchase and construction of its Interconnection Facilities and provide a detailed itemization of such costs. Costs associated with Interconnection Facilities may be shared with other entities that may benefit from such facilities by agreement of the Interconnection Customer, such other entities, and SCL. 4.1.2 The Interconnection Customer shall be responsible for its share of all reasonable expenses, including overheads, associated with (1) owning, operating, maintaining, repairing, and replacing its own Interconnection Facilities, and (2) operating, maintaining, repairing, and replacing SCL's Interconnection Facilities. 4.2 Distribution Upgrades SCL shall design, procure, construct, install, and own the Distribution Upgrades described in Attachment 6 of this Agreement. If SCL and the Interconnection Customer agree, the Interconnection Customer may construct Distribution Upgrades that are located on land owned by the Interconnection Customer. The actual cost of the Distribution Upgrades, including overheads, shall be directly assigned to the Interconnection Customer. Article 5. Cost Responsibility for Network Upgrades 5.1 Applicability No portion of this article 5 shall apply unless the interconnection of the Small Generating Facility requires Network Upgrades. 5.2 Network Upgrades SCL or the Transmission Owner shall design, procure, construct, install, and own the Network Upgrades described in Attachment 6 of this Agreement. If SCL and the Interconnection Customer agree, the Interconnection Customer may construct Network Upgrades that are located on land owned by the Interconnection Customer. Unless SCL elects to pay for Network Upgrades, the actual cost of the Network Upgrades, including overheads, shall be borne initially by the Interconnection Customer. 5.2.1 Repayment of Amounts Advanced for Network Upgrades The Interconnection Customer shall be entitled to a cash repayment, equal to the total amount paid to SCL and Affected System operator, if any, for Network Upgrades, including any tax gross-up or other tax-related payments associated with the Network Upgrades, and not otherwise refunded to the Interconnection Customer, to be paid to the Interconnection Customer on a dollar-for-dollar basis for the non-usage sensitive portion of transmission charges, as payments are made under SCL's Tariff and Affected System's Tariff for transmission services with respect to the Small Generating Facility. Any repayment shall include interest calculated in accordance with the methodology set forth in FERC's regulations at 18 C.F.R. section 35.19a(a)(2)(iii) from the date of any payment for Network Upgrades through the date on which the Interconnection Customer receives a repayment of such payment pursuant to this subparagraph. The Interconnection Customer may assign such repayment rights to any person. 5.2.1.1 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Interconnection Customer, SCL, and any applicable Affected System operators may adopt any alternative payment schedule that is mutually agreeable so long as SCL and said Affected System operators take one of the following actions no later than five years from the Commercial Operation Date: (1) return to the Interconnection Customer any amounts advanced for Network Upgrades not previously repaid, or (2) declare in writing that SCL or any applicable Affected System operators will continue to provide payments to the Interconnection Customer on a dollar-for-dollar basis for the non-usage sensitive portion of transmission charges, or develop an alternative schedule that is mutually agreeable and provides for the return of all amounts advanced for Network Upgrades not previously repaid; however, full reimbursement shall not extend beyond twenty (20) years from the commercial operation date. 5.2.1.2 If the Small Generating Facility fails to achieve commercial operation, but it or another generating facility is later constructed and requires use of the Network Upgrades, SCL and Affected System operator shall at that time reimburse the Interconnection Customer for the amounts advanced for the Network Upgrades. Before any such reimbursement can occur, the Interconnection Customer, or the entity that ultimately constructs the generating facility, if different, is responsible for identifying the entity to which reimbursement must be made. 5.3 Special Provisions for Affected Systems Nothing in this agreement shall obligate Transmission Provider to compensate an Affected System for the cost of any impact allegedly caused in furtherance of this agreement or by virtue of any activity undertaken by Interconnection Customer. Further, nothing in this agreement shall obligate Transmission Provider to provide for refunds, credits or repayment of any costs paid by Interconnection Customer to an Affected System .Unless SCL provides, under this Agreement, for the repayment of amounts advanced to any applicable Affected System operators for Network Upgrades, the Interconnection Customer and Affected System operator shall enter into an agreement that provides for such repayment. The agreement shall specify the terms governing payments to be made by the Interconnection Customer to Affected System operator as well as the repayment by Affected System operator. 5.4 Rights Under Other Agreements Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing herein shall be construed as relinquishing or foreclosing any rights, including but not limited to firm transmission rights, capacity rights, transmission congestion rights, or transmission credits, that the Interconnection Customer shall be entitled to, now or in the future, under any other agreement or tariff as a result of, or otherwise associated with, the transmission capacity, if any, created by the Network Upgrades, including the right to obtain cash reimbursements or transmission credits for transmission service that is not associated with the Small Generating Facility. Article 6. Billing, Payment, Milestones, and Financial Security 6.1 Billing and Payment Procedures and Final Accounting 6.1.1 SCL shall bill the Interconnection Customer for the design, engineering, construction, and procurement costs of Interconnection Facilities and Upgrades contemplated by this Agreement on a monthly basis, or as otherwise agreed by the Parties. The Interconnection Customer shall pay each bill within 30 calendar days of receipt, or as otherwise agreed to by the Parties. 6.1.2 Within three months of completing the construction and installation of SCL's Interconnection Facilities and/or Upgrades described in the Attachments to this Agreement, SCL shall provide the Interconnection Customer with a final accounting report of any difference between (1) the Interconnection Customer's cost responsibility for the actual cost of such facilities or Upgrades, and (2) the Interconnection Customer's previous aggregate payments to SCL for such facilities or Upgrades. If the Interconnection Customer's cost responsibility exceeds its previous aggregate payments, SCL shall invoice the Interconnection Customer for the amount due and the Interconnection Customer shall make payment to SCL within 30 calendar days. If the Interconnection Customer's previous aggregate payments exceed its cost responsibility under this Agreement, SCL shall refund to the Interconnection Customer an amount equal to the difference within 30 calendar days of the final accounting report. 6.2 Milestones The Parties shall agree on milestones for which each Party is responsible and list them in Attachment 4 of this Agreement. A Party's obligations under this provision may be extended by agreement. If a Party anticipates that it will be unable to meet a milestone for any reason other than a Force Majeure Event, it shall immediately notify the other Party of the reason(s) for not meeting the milestone and (1) propose the earliest reasonable alternate date by which it can attain this and future milestones, and (2) requesting appropriate amendments to Attachment 4. The Party affected by the failure to meet a milestone shall not unreasonably withhold agreement to such an amendment unless it will suffer significant uncompensated economic or operational harm from the delay, (2) attainment of the same milestone has previously been delayed, or (3) it has reason to believe that the delay in meeting the milestone is intentional or unwarranted notwithstanding the circumstances explained by the Party proposing the amendment. 6.3 Financial Security Arrangements At least 20 Business Days prior to the commencement of the design, procurement, installation, or construction of a discrete portion of SCL's Interconnection Facilities and Upgrades, the Interconnection Customer shall provide SCL, at the Interconnection Customer's option, a guarantee, a surety bond, letter of credit or other form of security that is reasonably acceptable to SCL and is consistent with the Uniform Commercial Code of the jurisdiction where the Point of Interconnection is located. Such security for payment shall be in an amount sufficient to cover the costs for constructing, designing, procuring, and installing the applicable portion of SCL's Interconnection Facilities and Upgrades and shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis for payments made to SCL under this Agreement during its term. In addition: 6.3.1 The guarantee must be made by an entity that meets the creditworthiness requirements of SCL, and contain terms and conditions that guarantee payment of any amount that may be due from the Interconnection Customer, up to an agreed-to maximum amount. 6.3.2 The letter of credit or surety bond must be issued by a financial institution or insurer reasonably acceptable to SCL and must specify a reasonable expiration date. Article 7. Assignment, Liability, Indemnity, Force Majeure, Consequential Damages, and Default 7.1 Assignment This Agreement may be assigned by either Party upon 15 Business Days prior written notice and opportunity to object by the other Party; provided that: 7.1.1 Either Party may assign this Agreement without the consent of the other Party to any affiliate of the assigning Party with an equal or greater credit rating and with the legal authority and operational ability to satisfy the obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement, provided that the Interconnection Customer promptly notifies SCL of any such assignment; 7.1.2 The Interconnection Customer shall have the right to assign this Agreement, without the consent of SCL, for collateral security purposes to aid in providing financing for the Small Generating Facility, provided that the Interconnection Customer will promptly notify SCL of any such assignment. 7.1.3 Any attempted assignment that violates this article is void and ineffective. Assignment shall not relieve a Party of its obligations, nor shall a Party's obligations be enlarged, in whole or in part, by reason thereof. An assignee is responsible for meeting the same financial, credit, and insurance obligations as the Interconnection Customer. Where required, consent to assignment will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. 7.2 Limitation of Liability Each Party's liability to the other Party for any loss, cost, claim, injury, liability, or expense, including reasonable attorney's fees, relating to or arising from any act or omission in its performance of this Agreement, shall be limited to the amount of direct damage actually incurred. In no event shall either Party be liable to the other Party for any indirect, special, consequential, or punitive damages, except as authorized by this Agreement. 7.3 Indemnity 7.3.1 This provision protects each Party from liability incurred to third parties as a result of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement. Liability under this provision is exempt from the general limitations on liability found in article 7.2. 7.3.2 The Parties shall at all times indemnify, defend, and hold the other Party harmless from, any and all damages, losses, claims, including claims and actions relating to injury to or death of any person or damage to property, demand, suits, recoveries, costs and expenses, court costs, attorney fees, and all other obligations by or to third parties, arising out of or resulting from the other Party's action or failure to meet its obligations under this Agreement on behalf of the indemnifying Party, except in cases of gross negligence or intentional wrongdoing by the indemnified Party. 7.3.3 If an indemnified person is entitled to indemnification under this article as a result of a claim by a third party, and the indemnifying Party fails, after notice and reasonable opportunity to proceed under this article, to assume the defense of such claim, such indemnified person may at the expense of the indemnifying Party contest, settle or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, or pay in full, such claim. 7.3.4 If an indemnifying party is obligated to indemnify and hold any indemnified person harmless under this article, the amount owing to the indemnified person shall be the amount of such indemnified person's actual loss, net of any insurance or other recovery. 7.3.5 Promptly after receipt by an indemnified person of any claim or notice of the commencement of any action or administrative or legal proceeding or investigation as to which the indemnity provided for in this article may apply, the indemnified person shall notify the indemnifying party of such fact. Any failure of or delay in such notification shall not affect a Party's indemnification obligation unless such failure or delay is materially prejudicial to the indemnifying party. 7.4 Consequential Damages Other than as expressly provided for in this Agreement, neither Party shall be liable under any provision of this Agreement for any losses, damages, costs or expenses for any special, indirect, incidental, consequential, or punitive damages, including but not limited to loss of profit or revenue, loss of the use of equipment, cost of capital, cost of temporary equipment or services, whether based in whole or in part in contract, in tort, including negligence, strict liability, or any other theory of liability; provided, however, that damages for which a Party may be liable to the other Party under another agreement will not be considered to be special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages hereunder. 7.5 Force Majeure 7.5.1 As used in this article, a Force Majeure Event shall mean "any act of God, labor disturbance, act of the public enemy, war, insurrection, riot, fire, storm or flood, explosion, breakage or accident to machinery or equipment, any order, regulation or restriction imposed by governmental, military or lawfully established civilian authorities, or any other cause beyond a Party's control. A Force Majeure Event does not include an act of negligence or intentional wrongdoing." 7.5.2 If a Force Majeure Event prevents a Party from fulfilling any obligations under this Agreement, the Party affected by the Force Majeure Event (Affected Party) shall promptly notify the other Party, either in writing or via the telephone, of the existence of the Force Majeure Event. The notification must specify in reasonable detail the circumstances of the Force Majeure Event, its expected duration, and the steps that the Affected Party is taking to mitigate the effects of the event on its performance. The Affected Party shall keep the other Party informed on a continuing basis of developments relating to the Force Majeure Event until the event ends. The Affected Party will be entitled to suspend or modify its performance of obligations under this Agreement (other than the obligation to make payments) only to the extent that the effect of the Force Majeure Event cannot be mitigated by the use of Reasonable Efforts. The Affected Party will use Reasonable Efforts to resume its performance as soon as possible. 7.6 Default 7.6.1 No Default shall exist where such failure to discharge an obligation (other than the payment of money) is the result of a Force Majeure Event as defined in this Agreement or the result of an act or omission of the other Party. Upon a Default, the non-defaulting Party shall give written notice of such Default to the defaulting Party. Except as provided in article 7.6.2, the defaulting Party shall have 60 calendar days from receipt of the Default notice within which to cure such Default; provided however, if such Default is not capable of cure within 60 calendar days, the defaulting Party shall commence such cure within 20 calendar days after notice and continuously and diligently complete such cure within six months from receipt of the Default notice; and, if cured within such time, the Default specified in such notice shall cease to exist. 7.6.2 If a Default is not cured as provided in this article, or if a Default is not capable of being cured within the period provided for herein, the non-defaulting Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by written notice at any time until cure occurs, and be relieved of any further obligation hereunder and, whether or not that Party terminates this Agreement, to recover from the defaulting Party all amounts due hereunder, plus all other damages and remedies to which it is entitled at law or in equity. The provisions of this article will survive termination of this Agreement. Article 8. Insurance 8.1 The Interconnection Customer shall, at its own expense, maintain in force general liability insurance without any exclusion for liabilities related to the interconnection undertaken pursuant to this Agreement. The amount of such insurance shall be sufficient to insure against all reasonably foreseeable direct liabilities given the size and nature of the generating equipment being interconnected, the interconnection itself, and the characteristics of the system to which the interconnection is made. The Interconnection Customer shall obtain additional insurance only if necessary as a function of owning and operating a generating facility. Such insurance shall be obtained from an insurance provider authorized to do business in the State where the interconnection is located. Certification that such insurance is in effect shall be provided upon request of SCL, except that the Interconnection Customer shall show proof of insurance to SCL no later than ten Business Days prior to the anticipated commercial operation date. An Interconnection Customer of sufficient credit-worthiness may propose to self-insure for such liabilities, and such a proposal shall not be unreasonably rejected. 8.2 SCL agrees to maintain general liability insurance or self-insurance consistent with SCL's commercial practice. Such insurance or selfinsurance shall not exclude coverage for SCL's liabilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement. 8.3 The Parties further agree to notify each other whenever an accident or incident occurs resulting in any injuries or damages that are included within the scope of coverage of such insurance, whether or not such coverage is sought. Article 9. Confidentiality 9.1 Confidential Information shall mean any confidential and/or proprietary information provided by one Party to the other Party that is clearly marked or otherwise designated "Confidential." For purposes of this Agreement all design, operating specifications, and metering data provided by the Interconnection Customer shall be deemed Confidential Information regardless of whether it is clearly marked or otherwise designated as such. 9.2 Confidential Information does not include information previously in the public domain, required to be publicly submitted or divulged by Governmental Authorities (after notice to the other Party and after exhausting any opportunity to oppose such publication or release), or necessary to be divulged in an action to enforce this Agreement. Each Party receiving Confidential Information shall hold such information in confidence and shall not disclose it to any third party nor to the public without the prior written authorization from the Party providing that information, except to fulfill obligations under this Agreement, or to fulfill legal or regulatory requirements. 9.2.1 Each Party shall employ at least the same standard of care to protect Confidential Information obtained from the other Party as it employs to protect its own Confidential Information. 9.2.2 Each Party is entitled to equitable relief, by injunction or otherwise, to enforce its rights under this provision to prevent the release of Confidential Information without bond or proof of damages, and may seek other remedies available at law or in equity for breach of this provision. 9.3 Notwithstanding anything in this article to the contrary, and pursuant to 18 CFR section 1b.20, if FERC, during the course of an investigation or otherwise, requests information from one of the Parties that is otherwise required to be maintained in confidence pursuant to this Agreement, the Party shall provide the requested information to FERC, within the time provided for in the request for information. In providing the information to FERC, the Party may, consistent with 18 CFR section 388.112, request that the information be treated as confidential and nonpublic by FERC and that the information be withheld from public disclosure. Parties are prohibited from notifying the other Party to this Agreement prior to the release of the Confidential Information to FERC. The Party shall notify the other Party to this Agreement when it is notified by FERC that a request to release Confidential Information has been received by FERC, at which time either of the Parties may respond before such information would be made public, pursuant to 18 CFR section 388.112. Requests from a state regulatory body conducting a confidential investigation shall be treated in a similar manner if consistent with the applicable state rules and regulations. Article 10. Disputes 10.1 The Parties agree to attempt to resolve all disputes arising out of the interconnection process according to the provisions of this article. 10.2 In the event of a dispute, either Party shall provide the other Party with a written Notice of Dispute. Such Notice shall describe in detail the nature of the dispute. 10.3 Reserved. 10.4 Reserved. 10.5 Each Party agrees to conduct all negotiations in good faith and will be responsible for one-half of any costs paid to neutral third-parties. 10.6 If the attempted dispute resolution fails, either Party may exercise whatever rights and remedies it may have in equity or law consistent with the terms of this Agreement. Article 11. Taxes 11.1 The Parties agree to follow all applicable tax laws and regulations, consistent with status of Transmission Provider as a municipal entity under applicable tax law and regulations. 11.2 Each Party shall cooperate with the other to maintain the other Party's tax status. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to adversely affect SCL's tax exempt status with respect to the issuance of bonds including, but not limited to, local furnishing bonds. Article 12. Miscellaneous 12.1 Governing Law, Regulatory Authority, and Rules The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and each of its provisions shall be governed by the laws of the state of Washington (where the Point of Interconnection is located), without regard to its conflicts of law principles. This Agreement is subject to all Applicable Laws and Regulations. Each Party expressly reserves the right to seek changes in, appeal, or otherwise contest any laws, orders, or regulations of a Governmental Authority. 12.2 Amendment The Parties may amend this Agreement by a written instrument duly executed by both Parties, or under article 12.12 of this Agreement. 12.3 No Third-Party Beneficiaries This Agreement is not intended to and does not create rights, remedies, or benefits of any character whatsoever in favor of any persons, corporations, associations, or entities other than the Parties, and the obligations herein assumed are solely for the use and benefit of the Parties, their successors in interest and where permitted, their assigns. 12.4 Waiver 12.4.1 The failure of a Party to this Agreement to insist, on any occasion, upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement will not be considered a waiver of any obligation, right, or duty of, or imposed upon, such Party. 12.4.2 Any waiver at any time by either Party of its rights with respect to this Agreement shall not be deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver with respect to any other failure to comply with any other obligation, right, duty of this Agreement. Termination or default of this Agreement for any reason by Interconnection Customer shall not constitute a waiver of the Interconnection Customer's legal rights to obtain an interconnection from SCL. Any waiver of this Agreement shall, if requested, be provided in writing. 12.5 Entire Agreement This Agreement, including all Attachments, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with reference to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. There are no other agreements, representations, warranties, or covenants which constitute any part of the consideration for, or any condition to, either Party's compliance with its obligations under this Agreement. 12.6 Multiple Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which is deemed an original but all constitute one and the same instrument. 12.7 No Partnership This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an association, joint venture, agency relationship, or partnership between the Parties or to impose any partnership obligation or partnership liability upon either Party. Neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to enter into any agreement or undertaking for, or act on behalf of, or to act as or be an agent or representative of, or to otherwise bind, the other Party. 12.8 Severability If any provision or portion of this Agreement shall for any reason be held or adjudged to be invalid or illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority, (1) such portion or provision shall be deemed separate and independent, (2) the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to restore insofar as practicable the benefits to each Party that were affected by such ruling, and (3) the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 12.9 Security Arrangements Infrastructure security of electric system equipment and operations and control hardware and software is essential to ensure day-to-day reliability and operational security. FERC expects all Transmission Providers, market participants, and Interconnection Customers interconnected to electric systems to comply with the recommendations offered by the President's Critical Infrastructure Protection Board and, eventually, best practice recommendations from the electric reliability authority. All public utilities are expected to meet basic standards for system infrastructure and operational security, including physical, operational, and cyber-security practices. 12.10 Environmental Releases Each Party shall notify the other Party, first orally and then in writing, of the release of any hazardous substances, any asbestos or lead abatement activities, or any type of remediation activities related to the Small Generating Facility or the Interconnection Facilities, each of which may reasonably be expected to affect the other Party. The notifying Party shall (1) provide the notice as soon as practicable, provided such Party makes a good faith effort to provide the notice no later than 24 hours after such Party becomes aware of the occurrence, and (2) promptly furnish to the other Party copies of any publicly available reports filed with any governmental authorities addressing such events. 12.11 Subcontractors Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent a Party from utilizing the services of any subcontractor as it deems appropriate to perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that each Party shall require its subcontractors to comply with all applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement in providing such services and each Party shall remain primarily liable to the other Party for the performance of such subcontractor. 12.11.1 The creation of any subcontract relationship shall not relieve the hiring Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement. The hiring Party shall be fully responsible to the other Party for the acts or omissions of any subcontractor the hiring Party hires as if no subcontract had been made; provided, however, that in no event shall SCL be liable for the actions or inactions of the Interconnection Customer or its subcontractors with respect to obligations of the Interconnection Customer under this Agreement. Any applicable obligation imposed by this Agreement upon the hiring Party shall be equally binding upon, and shall be construed as having application to, any subcontractor of such Party. 12.11.2 The obligations under this article will not be limited in any way by any limitation of subcontractor's insurance. Article 13. Notices 13.1 General Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any written notice, demand, or request required or authorized in connection with this Agreement ("Notice") shall be deemed properly given if delivered in person, delivered by recognized national currier service, or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the person specified below: If to the Interconnection Customer: Interconnection Customer: ____________________________________________ Attention: _________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________ City: _______________________________ State:______________ Zip:_______ Phone: ________________ Fax: _________________ If to Seattle City Light: Seattle City Light Attention: Customer Service & Energy Delivery Officer 700 Fifth Avenue, Suite 3200 P.O. Box 34023 Seattle, WA 98124-4023 Phone: (206) 684-3718 Fax: (206) 684-3428 oatt@seattle.gov 13.2 Billing and Payment Billings and payments shall be sent to the addresses set out below: Interconnection Customer: ____________________________________________ Attention: _________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________ City: _______________________________ State:______________ Zip:_______ Seattle City Light: _____________________________________________ Attention: _________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________ City: _______________________________ State:______________ Zip:_______ 13.3 Alternative Forms of Notice Any notice or request required or permitted to be given by either Party to the other and not required by this Agreement to be given in writing may be so given by telephone, facsimile or e-mail to the telephone numbers and email addresses set out below: If to the Interconnection Customer: Interconnection Customer: ____________________________________________ Attention: _________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________ City: _______________________________ State:______________ Zip:_______ Phone: ________________ Fax: _________________ If to Seattle City Light: Seattle City Light: _____________________________________________ Attention: _________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________ City: _______________________________ State:______________ Zip:_______ Phone: ________________ Fax: _________________ 13.4 Designated Operating Representative The Parties may also designate operating representatives to conduct the communications which may be necessary or convenient for the administration of this Agreement. This person will also serve as the point of contact with respect to operations and maintenance of the Party's facilities. Interconnection Customer's Operating Representative: Interconnection Customer: ____________________________________________ Attention: _________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________ City: _______________________________ State:______________ Zip:_______ Phone: ________________ Fax: _________________ Seattle City Light's Operating Representative: Seattle City Light: _____________________________________________ Attention: _________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________ City: _______________________________ State:______________ Zip:_______ Phone: ________________ Fax: _________________ 13.5 Changes to the Notice Information Either Party may change this information by giving five Business Days written notice prior to the effective date of the change. Article 14. Signatures IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives. For Seattle City Light Name: ___________________________________________ Title: ___________________________________________ Date: ___________________ For the Interconnection Customer Name: ___________________________________________ Title: ___________________________________________ Date: ___________________ Glossary of Terms Affected System An electric system other than SCL's Transmission System that may be affected by the proposed interconnection. Applicable Laws and Regulations All duly promulgated applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, or judicial or administrative orders, permits and other duly authorized actions of any Governmental Authority. Business Day Monday through Friday, excluding Federal Holidays. Default The failure of a breaching Party to cure its breach under the Small Generator Interconnection Agreement. Distribution System SCL's facilities and equipment used to transmit electricity to ultimate usage points such as homes and industries directly from nearby generators or from interchanges with higher voltage transmission networks which transport bulk power over longer distances. The voltage levels at which Distribution Systems operate differ among areas. Distribution Upgrades The additions, modifications, and upgrades to SCL's Distribution System at or beyond the Point of Interconnection to facilitate interconnection of the Small Generating Facility and render the transmission service necessary to effect the Interconnection Customer's wholesale sale of electricity in interstate commerce. Distribution Upgrades do not include Interconnection Facilities. Good Utility Practice Any of the practices, methods and acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric industry during the relevant time period, or any of the practices, methods and acts which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good business practices, reliability, safety and expedition. Good Utility Practice is not intended to be limited to the optimum practice, method, or act to the exclusion of all others, but rather to be acceptable practices, methods, or acts generally accepted in the region. Governmental Authority Any federal, state, local or other governmental regulatory or administrative agency, court, commission, department, board, or other governmental subdivision, legislature, rulemaking board, tribunal, or other governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Parties, their respective facilities, or the respective services they provide, and exercising or entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, police, or taxing authority or power; provided, however, that such term does not include the Interconnection Customer, the Interconnection Provider, or any Affiliate thereof. Interconnection Customer Any entity, including SCL, the Transmission Owner or any of the affiliates or subsidiaries of either, that proposes to interconnect its Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System. Interconnection Facilities SCL's Interconnection Facilities and the Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities. Collectively, Interconnection Facilities include all facilities and equipment between the Small Generating Facility and the Point of Interconnection, including any modification, additions or upgrades that are necessary to physically and electrically interconnect the Small Generating Facility to SCL's Transmission System. Interconnection Facilities are sole use facilities and shall not include Distribution Upgrades or Network Upgrades. Interconnection Request The Interconnection Customer's request to interconnect a new Small Generating Facility, or to increase the capacity of, or make a Material Modification to the operating characteristics of, an existing Small Generating Facility that is interconnected with SCL's Transmission System. Material Modification A modification that has a material impact on the cost or timing of any Interconnection Request with a later queue priority date. Network Upgrades Additions, modifications, and upgrades to SCL's Transmission System required at or beyond the point at which the Small Generating Facility interconnects with SCL's Transmission System to accommodate the interconnection of the Small Generating Facility with SCL's Transmission System. Network Upgrades do not include Distribution Upgrades. Operating Requirements Any operating and technical requirements that may be applicable due to Regional Transmission Organization, Independent System Operator, control area, or SCL's requirements, including those set forth in the Small Generator Interconnection Agreement. Party or Parties SCL, Transmission Owner, Interconnection Customer or any combination of the above. Point of Interconnection The point where the Interconnection Facilities connect with SCL's Transmission System. Reasonable Efforts With respect to an action required to be attempted or taken by a Party under the Small Generator Interconnection Agreement, efforts that are timely and consistent with Good Utility Practice and are otherwise substantially equivalent to those a Party would use to protect its own interests. Small Generating Facility The Interconnection Customer's device for the production of electricity identified in the Interconnection Request, but shall not include the Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities. Tariff SCL or Affected System's tariff through which open access transmission service and Interconnection Service are offered, and as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor tariff. Transmission Owner The entity that owns, leases or otherwise possesses an interest in the portion of the Transmission System at the Point of Interconnection and may be a Party to the Small Generator Interconnection Agreement to the extent necessary. Transmission System The facilities owned, controlled or operated by SCL or the Transmission Owner that are used to provide transmission service under the Tariff. Upgrades The required additions and modifications to SCL's Transmission System at or beyond the Point of Interconnection. Upgrades may be Network Upgrades or Distribution Upgrades. Upgrades do not include Interconnection Facilities. Description and Costs of the Small Generating Facility, Interconnection Facilities, and Metering Equipment Equipment, including the Small Generating Facility, Interconnection Facilities, and metering equipment shall be itemized and identified as being owned by the Interconnection Customer, SCL, or the Transmission Owner. SCL will provide a best estimate itemized cost, including overheads, of its Interconnection Facilities and metering equipment, and a best estimate itemized cost of the annual operation and maintenance expenses associated with its Interconnection Facilities and metering equipment. One-line Diagram Depicting the Small Generating Facility, Interconnection Facilities, Metering Equipment, and Upgrades Milestones In-Service Date: ___________________ Critical milestones and responsibility as agreed to by the Parties: Milestone/Date Responsible Party (1) _______________________________________ ______________________ (2) _______________________________________ ______________________ (3) _______________________________________ ______________________ (4) _______________________________________ ______________________ (5) _______________________________________ ______________________ (6) _______________________________________ ______________________ (7) _______________________________________ ______________________ (8) _______________________________________ ______________________ (9) _______________________________________ ______________________ (10) _______________________________________ ______________________ Agreed to by: For Seattle City Light__________________________ Date______________ For the Transmission Owner (If Applicable) ________________________ Date_____________ For the Interconnection Customer________________________ Date______________ Operating Requirements, Policies and Procedures for Interconnecting to Seattle City Light's Transmission System and Other Affected Systems This section enumerates requirements, policies and procedures that must be agreed to by the Interconnection Customer prior to initiating parallel operation with SCL's Transmission System. [A specific list of requirements, policies and procedures will be developed for each Interconnection Customer based on the characteristics of their plant and system operating considerations. Item is this list may include, but are not limited to, the follow subjects:] * Procedure for Obtaining Station Service Prior to Commercial Operation * Test Energy Procedure * Safety Procedures: Disconnects, Coordination of Clearances, etc. * Hot Line Procedures * Restoration Procedures and Priorities * Scheduling and Dispatch: Transmission Reservation and E-Tagging * System Control Center Visibility: Breaker Status, Voltage, Current, Real and Reactive Power Seattle City Light's Description of its Upgrades and Best Estimate of Upgrade Costs SCL shall describe Upgrades and provide an itemized best estimate of the cost, including overheads, of the Upgrades and annual operation and maintenance expenses associated with such Upgrades. SCL shall functionalize Upgrade costs and annual expenses as either transmission or distribution related. Exhibit E to Attachment 1 to SCL OATT ORD SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD LARGE GENERATOR INTERCONNECTION PROCEDURES (LGIP) (Applicable to Generating Facilities that exceed 20 MW) TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. Section 1. Definitions 1 - Section 2. Scope and Application. 10 - 2.1 Application of Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures 10 - 2.2 Comparability 10 - 2.3 Base Case Data 11 - 2.4 No Applicability to Transmission Service 11 - Section 3. Interconnection Requests 11 - 3.1 General 11 - 3.2 Identification of Types of Interconnection Services 12 - 3.2.1 Energy Resource Interconnection Service 12 - 3.2.1.1 The Product 12 - 3.2.1.2 The Study 12 - 3.2.2 Network Resource Interconnection Service 13 - 3.2.2.1 The Product 13 - 3.2.2.2 The Study 13 - 3.3 Valid Interconnection Request 14 - 3.3.1 Initiating an Interconnection Request 14 - 3.3.2 Acknowledgment of Interconnection Request 14 - 3.3.3 Deficiencies in Interconnection Request 14 - 3.3.4 Scoping Meeting 15 - 3.4 Website or OASIS Posting 15 - 3.5 Coordination with Affected Systems 16 - 3.6 Withdrawal 16 - Section 4. Queue Position. 17 - 4.1 General 17 - 4.2 Clustering 18 - 4.3 Transferability of Queue Position 19 - 4.4 Modifications 19 - Section 5. Procedures for Interconnection Requests Submitted Prior to Effective Date of Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures 21 - 5.1 Queue Position for Pending Requests 21 - 5.2 New Transmission Provider 22 - Section 6. Interconnection Feasibility Study 22 - 6.1 Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement 22 - 6.2 Scope of Interconnection Feasibility Study 23 - 6.3 Interconnection Feasibility Study Procedures 23 - 6.4 Re-Study 24 - Section 7. Interconnection System Impact Study 24 - 7.1 Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement 24 - 7.2 Execution of Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement 25 - 7.3 Scope of Interconnection System Impact Study 25 - 7.4 Interconnection System Impact Study Procedures 26 - 7.5 Meeting with Transmission Provider 27 - 7.6 Re-Study 27 - Section 8. Interconnection Facilities Study 27 - 8.1 Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement 27 - 8.2 Scope of Interconnection Facilities Study 28 - 8.3 Interconnection Facilities Study Procedures 28 - 8.4 Meeting with Transmission Provider 29 - 8.5 Re-Study 29 - Section 9. Engineering & Procurement ('E&P') Agreement 29 - Section 10. Optional Interconnection Study 30 - 10.1 Optional Interconnection Study Agreement 30 - 10.2 Scope of Optional Interconnection Study 31 - 10.3 Optional Interconnection Study Procedures 31 - Section 11. Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement (LGIA) 32 - 11.1 Tender 32 - 11.2 Negotiation 32 - 11.3 Execution and Filing 32 - 11.4 Commencement of Interconnection Activities 33 - Section 12. Construction of Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities and Network Upgrades 33 - 12.1 Schedule 33 - 12.2 Construction Sequencing 33 - 12.2.1 General 33 - 12.2.2 Advance Construction of Network Upgrades that are an Obligation of an Entity other than Interconnection Customer 34 - 12.2.3 Advancing Construction of Network Upgrades that are Part of an Expansion Plan of the Transmission Provider 34 - 12.2.4 Amended Interconnection System Impact Study 35 - Section 13. Miscellaneous 35 - 13.1 Confidentiality 35 - 13.1.1 Scope 35 - 13.1.2 Release of Confidential Information 36 - 13.1.3 Rights 36 - 13.1.4 No Warranties 37 - 13.1.5 Standard of Care 37 - 13.1.6 Order of Disclosure 37 - 13.1.7 Remedies 37 - 13.1.8 Disclosure to FERC or its Staff 38 - 13.2 Delegation of Responsibility 39 - 13.3 Obligation for Study Costs 39 - 13.4 Third Parties Conducting Studies 40 - 13.5 Disputes 41 - 13.5.1 Submission 41 - 13.5.2 External Arbitration Procedures 41 - 13.5.3 Arbitration Decisions 42 - 13.5.4 Costs 42 - 13.6 Tax Exempt Bonds 43 - 13.6.1 Transmission Providers That Own Facilities Financed by Tax Exempt Bonds 43 - Appendix 1 Interconnection Request for a Large Generating Facility Appendix 2 Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement Appendix 3 Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement Appendix 4 Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement Appendix 5 Optional Interconnection Study Agreement Appendix 6 Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures (LGIP) Section 1. Definitions Adverse System Impact shall mean the negative effects due to technical or operational limits on conductors or equipment being exceeded that may compromise the safety and reliability of the electric system. Affected System shall mean an electric system other than the Transmission Provider's Transmission System that may be affected by the proposed interconnection. Affected System Operator shall mean the entity that operates an Affected System. Affiliate shall mean, with respect to a corporation, partnership or other entity, each such other corporation, partnership or other entity that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such corporation, partnership or other entity. Ancillary Services shall mean those services that are necessary to support the transmission of capacity and energy from resources to loads while maintaining reliable operation of the Transmission Provider's Transmission System in accordance with Good Utility Practice. Applicable Laws and Regulations shall mean all duly promulgated applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, or judicial or administrative orders, permits and other duly authorized actions of any Governmental Authority. Applicable Reliability Council shall mean the reliability council applicable to the Transmission System to which the Generating Facility is directly interconnected. Applicable Reliability Standards shall mean the requirements and guidelines of NERC, the Applicable Reliability Council, and the Control Area of the Transmission System to which the Generating Facility is directly interconnected. Base Case shall mean the base case power flow, short circuit, and stability data bases used for the Interconnection Studies by the Transmission Provider or Interconnection Customer. BPA shall mean the Bonneville Power Administration Transmission Services organization Breach shall mean the failure of a Party to perform or observe any material term or condition of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement. Breaching Party shall mean a Party that is in Breach of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement. Business Day shall mean Monday through Friday, excluding Federal Holidays. Calendar Day shall mean any day including Saturday, Sunday or a Federal Holiday. Clustering shall mean the process whereby a group of Interconnection Requests is studied together, instead of serially, for the purpose of conducting the Interconnection System Impact Study. Commercial Operation shall mean the status of a Generating Facility that has commenced generating electricity for sale, excluding electricity generated during Trial Operation. Commercial Operation Date of a unit shall mean the date on which the Generating Facility commences Commercial Operation as agreed to by the Parties pursuant to Appendix E to the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement. Confidential Information shall mean any confidential, proprietary or trade secret information of a plan, specification, pattern, procedure, design, device, list, concept, policy or compilation relating to the present or planned business of a Party, which is designated as confidential by the Party supplying the information, whether conveyed orally, electronically, in writing, through inspection, or otherwise. Confidential Information shall not include that information that is excluded from being Confidential Information under Section 13.1.1. Control Area shall mean an electrical system or systems bounded by interconnection metering and telemetry, capable of controlling generation to maintain its interchange schedule with other Control Areas and contributing to frequency regulation of the interconnection. A Control Area must be certified by an Applicable Reliability Council. Control Area has the same meaning as Balancing Authority Area as used by NERC and WECC. Default shall mean the failure of a Breaching Party to cure its Breach in accordance with Article 17 of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement. Dispute Resolution shall mean the procedure for resolution of a dispute between the Parties in which they will first attempt to resolve the dispute on an informal basis. Distribution System shall mean the Transmission Provider's facilities and equipment used to transmit electricity to ultimate usage points such as homes and industries directly from nearby generators or from interchanges with higher voltage transmission networks which transport bulk power over longer distances. The voltage levels at which distribution systems operate differ among areas. Distribution Upgrades shall mean the additions, modifications, and upgrades to the Transmission Provider's Distribution System at or beyond the Point of Interconnection to facilitate interconnection of the Generating Facility and render the transmission service necessary to effect Interconnection Customer's wholesale sale of electricity in interstate commerce. Distribution Upgrades do not include Interconnection Facilities. Effective Date shall mean the date on which the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement becomes effective upon execution by the Parties. Emergency Condition shall mean a condition or situation: (1) that in the judgment of the Party making the claim is imminently likely to endanger life or property; or (2) that, in the case of a Transmission Provider, is imminently likely (as determined in a non-discriminatory manner) to cause a material adverse effect on the security of, or damage to Transmission Provider's Transmission System, Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities or the electric systems of others to which the Transmission Provider's Transmission System is directly connected; or (3) that, in the case of Interconnection Customer, is imminently likely (as determined in a non-discriminatory manner) to cause a material adverse effect on the security of, or damage to, the Generating Facility or Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities. System restoration and black start shall be considered Emergency Conditions; provided that Interconnection Customer is not obligated by the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement to possess black start capability. Energy Resource Interconnection Service shall mean an Interconnection Service that allows the Interconnection Customer to connect its Generating Facility to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System to be eligible to deliver the Generating Facility's electric output using the existing firm or nonfirm capacity of the Transmission Provider's Transmission System on an as available basis. Energy Resource Interconnection Service in and of itself does not convey transmission service. Engineering & Procurement (E&P) Agreement shall mean an agreement that authorizes the Transmission Provider to begin engineering and procurement of long lead-time items necessary for the establishment of the interconnection in order to advance the implementation of the Interconnection Request. Environmental Law shall mean Applicable Laws or Regulations relating to pollution or protection of the environment or natural resources. Federal Power Act shall mean the Federal Power Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. sections 791a et seq. FERC shall mean the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) or its successor. Force Majeure shall mean any act of God, labor disturbance, act of the public enemy, war, insurrection, riot, fire, storm or flood, explosion, breakage or accident to machinery or equipment, any order, regulation or restriction imposed by governmental, military or lawfully established civilian authorities, or any other cause beyond a Party's control. A Force Majeure event does not include acts of negligence or intentional wrongdoing by the Party claiming Force Majeure. Generating Facility shall mean Interconnection Customer's device for the production of electricity identified in the Interconnection Request, but shall not include the Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities. Generating Facility Capacity shall mean the net capacity of the Generating Facility and the aggregate net capacity of the Generating Facility where it includes multiple energy production devices. Good Utility Practice shall mean any of the practices, methods and acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric industry during the relevant time period, or any of the practices, methods and acts which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good business practices, reliability, safety and expedition. Good Utility Practice is not intended to be limited to the optimum practice, method, or act to the exclusion of all others, but rather to be acceptable practices, methods, or acts generally accepted in the region. Governmental Authority shall mean any federal, state, local or other governmental regulatory or administrative agency, court, commission, department, board, or other governmental subdivision, legislature, rulemaking board, tribunal, or other governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Parties, their respective facilities, or the respective services they provide, and exercising or entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, police, or taxing authority or power; provided, however, that such term does not include Interconnection Customer, Transmission Provider, or any Affiliate thereof. Hazardous Substances shall mean any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials," "hazardous constituents," "restricted hazardous materials," "extremely hazardous substances," "toxic substances," "radioactive substances," "contaminants," "pollutants," "toxic pollutants" or words of similar meaning and regulatory effect under any applicable Environmental Law, or any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any applicable Environmental Law. Initial Synchronization Date shall mean the date upon which the Generating Facility is initially synchronized and upon which Trial Operation begins. In-Service Date shall mean the date upon which the Interconnection Customer reasonably expects it will be ready to begin use of the Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities to obtain back feed power. Interconnection Customer shall mean any entity, including the Transmission Provider, Transmission Owner or any of the Affiliates or subsidiaries of either, that proposes to interconnect its Generating Facility with the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities shall mean all facilities and equipment, as identified in Appendix A of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement, that are located between the Generating Facility and the Point of Change of Ownership, including any modification, addition, or upgrades to such facilities and equipment necessary to physically and electrically interconnect the Generating Facility to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities are sole use facilities. Interconnection Facilities shall mean the Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities and the Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities. Collectively, Interconnection Facilities include all facilities and equipment between the Generating Facility and the Point of Interconnection, including any modification, additions or upgrades that are necessary to physically and electrically interconnect the Generating Facility to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. Interconnection Facilities are sole use facilities and shall not include Distribution Upgrades, Stand Alone Network Upgrades or Network Upgrades. Interconnection Facilities Study shall mean a study conducted by the Transmission Provider or a third party consultant for the Interconnection Customer to determine a list of facilities (including Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities and Network Upgrades as identified in the Interconnection System Impact Study), the cost of those facilities, and the time required to interconnect the Generating Facility with the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. The scope of the study is defined in Section 8 of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures. Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement shall mean the form of agreement contained in Appendix 4 of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures for conducting the Interconnection Facilities Study. Interconnection Feasibility Study shall mean a preliminary evaluation of the system impact and cost of interconnecting the Generating Facility to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System, the scope of which is described in Section 6 of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures. Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement shall mean the form of agreement contained in Appendix 2 of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures for conducting the Interconnection Feasibility Study. Interconnection Request shall mean an Interconnection Customer's request, in the form of Appendix 1 to the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures, in accordance with the Tariff, to interconnect a new Generating Facility, or to increase the capacity of, or make a Material Modification to the operating characteristics of, an existing Generating Facility that is interconnected with the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. Interconnection Service shall mean the service provided by the Transmission Provider associated with interconnecting the Interconnection Customer's Generating Facility to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System and enabling it to receive electric energy and capacity from the Generating Facility at the Point of Interconnection, pursuant to the terms of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement and, if applicable, the Transmission Provider's Tariff. Interconnection Study shall mean any of the following studies: the Interconnection Feasibility Study, the Interconnection System Impact Study, and the Interconnection Facilities Study described in the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures. Interconnection System Impact Study shall mean an engineering study that evaluates the impact of the proposed interconnection on the safety and reliability of Transmission Provider's Transmission System and, if applicable, an Affected System. The study shall identify and detail the system impacts that would result if the Generating Facility were interconnected without project modifications or system modifications, focusing on the Adverse System Impacts identified in the Interconnection Feasibility Study, or to study potential impacts, including but not limited to those identified in the Scoping Meeting as described in the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures. Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement shall mean the form of agreement contained in Appendix 3 of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures for conducting the Interconnection System Impact Study. IRS shall mean the Internal Revenue Service. Joint Operating Committee shall be a group made up of representatives from Interconnection Customers and the Transmission Provider to coordinate operating and technical considerations of Interconnection Service. Large Generating Facility shall mean a Generating Facility having a Generating Facility Capacity of more than 20 MW. Loss shall mean any and all losses relating to injury to or death of any person or damage to property, demand, suits, recoveries, costs and expenses, court costs, attorney fees, and all other obligations by or to third parties, arising out of or resulting from the other Party's performance, or non-performance of its obligations under the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement on behalf of the indemnifying Party, except in cases of gross negligence or intentional wrongdoing by the indemnifying Party. Material Modification shall mean those modifications that have a material impact on the cost or timing of any Interconnection Request with a later queue priority date. Metering Equipment shall mean all metering equipment installed or to be installed at the Generating Facility pursuant to the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement at the metering points, including but not limited to instrument transformers, MWh-meters, data acquisition equipment, transducers, remote terminal unit, communications equipment, phone lines, and fiber optics. NERC shall mean the North American Electric Reliability Council or its successor organization. Network Resource shall mean any designated generating resource owned, purchased, or leased by a Network Customer under the Network Integration Transmission Service Tariff. Network Resources do not include any resource, or any portion thereof, that is committed for sale to third parties or otherwise cannot be called upon to meet the Network Customer's Network Load on a non-interruptible basis. Network Resource Interconnection Service shall mean an Interconnection Service that allows the Interconnection Customer to integrate its Large Generating Facility with the Transmission Provider's Transmission System (1) in a manner comparable to that in which the Transmission Provider integrates its generating facilities to serve native load customers; or (2) in an RTO or ISO with market based congestion management, in the same manner as all other Network Resources. Network Resource Interconnection Service in and of itself does not convey transmission service. Network Upgrades shall mean the additions, modifications, and upgrades to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System required at or beyond the point at which the Interconnection Facilities connect to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System to accommodate the interconnection of the Large Generating Facility to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. Notice of Dispute shall mean a written notice of a dispute or claim that arises out of or in connection with the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement or its performance. Optional Interconnection Study shall mean a sensitivity analysis based on assumptions specified by the Interconnection Customer in the Optional Interconnection Study Agreement. Optional Interconnection Study Agreement shall mean the form of agreement contained in Appendix 5 of the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures for conducting the Optional Interconnection Study. Party or Parties shall mean Transmission Provider, Transmission Owner, Interconnection Customer or any combination of the above. Point of Change of Ownership shall mean the point, as set forth in Appendix A to the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement, where the Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities connect to the Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities. Point of Interconnection shall mean the point, as set forth in Appendix A to the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement, where the Interconnection Facilities connect to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System. Queue Position shall mean the order of a valid Interconnection Request, relative to all other pending valid Interconnection Requests, that is established based upon the date and time of receipt of the valid Interconnection Request by the Transmission Provider. Reasonable Efforts shall mean, with respect to an action required to be attempted or taken by a Party under the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement, efforts that are timely and consistent with Good Utility Practice and are otherwise substantially equivalent to those a Party would use to protect its own interests. Scoping Meeting shall mean the meeting between representatives of the Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider conducted for the purpose of discussing alternative interconnection options, to exchange information including any transmission data and earlier study evaluations that would be reasonably expected to impact such interconnection options, to analyze such information, and to determine the potential feasible Points of Interconnection. Site Control shall mean documentation reasonably demonstrating: (1) ownership of, a leasehold interest in, or a right to develop a site for the purpose of constructing the Generating Facility; (2) an option to purchase or acquire a leasehold site for such purpose; or (3) an exclusivity or other business relationship between Interconnection Customer and the entity having the right to sell, lease or grant Interconnection Customer the right to possess or occupy a site for such purpose. Small Generating Facility shall mean a Generating Facility that has a Generating Facility Capacity of no more than 20 MW. Stand Alone Network Upgrades shall mean Network Upgrades that an Interconnection Customer may construct without affecting day-to-day operations of the Transmission System during their construction. Both the Transmission Provider and the Interconnection Customer must agree as to what constitutes Stand Alone Network Upgrades and identify them in Appendix A to the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement. Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement (LGIA) shall mean the form of interconnection agreement applicable to an Interconnection Request pertaining to a Large Generating Facility that is included in the Transmission Provider's Tariff. Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures (LGIP) shall mean the interconnection procedures applicable to an Interconnection Request pertaining to a Large Generating Facility that are included in the Transmission Provider's Tariff. System Protection Facilities shall mean the equipment, including necessary protection signal communications equipment, required to protect (1) the Transmission Provider's Transmission System from faults or other electrical disturbances occurring at the Generating Facility and (2) the Generating Facility from faults or other electrical system disturbances occurring on the Transmission Provider's Transmission System or on other delivery systems or other generating systems to which the Transmission Provider's Transmission System is directly connected. Tariff shall mean the Transmission Provider's Tariff through which open access transmission service and Interconnection Service are offered, and as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor tariff. Transmission Owner shall mean an entity that owns, leases or otherwise possesses an interest in the portion of the Transmission System at the Point of Interconnection and may be a Party to the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement to the extent necessary. Transmission Provider shall mean the public utility (or its designated agent) that owns, controls, or operates transmission or distribution facilities used for the transmission of electricity in interstate commerce and provides transmission service under the Tariff. The term Transmission Provider should be read to include the Transmission Owner when the Transmission Owner is separate from the Transmission Provider. Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities shall mean all facilities and equipment owned, controlled, or operated by the Transmission Provider from the Point of Change of Ownership to the Point of Interconnection as identified in Appendix A to the Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement, including any modifications, additions or upgrades to such facilities and equipment. Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities are sole use facilities and shall not include Distribution Upgrades, Stand Alone Network Upgrades or Network Upgrades. Transmission System shall mean the facilities owned, controlled or operated by the Transmission Provider or Transmission Owner that are used to provide transmission service under the Tariff. Trial Operation shall mean the period during which Interconnection Customer is engaged in on-site test operations and commissioning of the Generating Facility prior to Commercial Operation. Section 2. Scope and Application 2.1 Application of Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures. Sections 2 through 13 apply to processing an Interconnection Request pertaining to a Large Generating Facility. 2.2 Comparability. Transmission Provider shall receive, process and analyze all Interconnection Requests in a timely manner as set forth in this LGIP. Transmission Provider will use the same Reasonable Efforts in processing and analyzing Interconnection Requests from all Interconnection Customers, whether the Generating Facilities are owned by Transmission Provider, its subsidiaries or Affiliates or others. 2.3 Base Case Data. Transmission Provider shall provide base power flow, short circuit and stability databases, including all underlying assumptions, and contingency list upon request subject to confidentiality provisions in LGIP Section 13.1. Transmission Provider is permitted to require that Interconnection Customer sign a confidentiality agreement before the release of commercially sensitive information or Critical Energy Infrastructure Information in the Base Case data. Such databases and lists, hereinafter referred to as Base Cases, shall include all (1) generation projects and (ii) transmission projects, including merchant transmission projects that are proposed for the Transmission System for which a transmission expansion plan has been submitted and approved by the applicable authority. 2.4 No Applicability to Transmission Service. Nothing in this LGIP shall constitute a request for transmission service or confer upon an Interconnection Customer any right to receive transmission service. Section 3. Interconnection Requests 3.1 General. An Interconnection Customer shall submit to Transmission Provider an Interconnection Request in the form of Appendix 1 to this LGIP and a refundable deposit of $10,000. Transmission Provider shall apply the deposit toward the cost of an Interconnection Feasibility Study. Interconnection Customer shall submit a separate Interconnection Request for each site and may submit multiple Interconnection Requests for a single site. Interconnection Customer must submit a deposit with each Interconnection Request even when more than one request is submitted for a single site. An Interconnection Request to evaluate one site at two different voltage levels shall be treated as two Interconnection Requests. At Interconnection Customer's option, Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer will identify alternative Point(s) of Interconnection and configurations at the Scoping Meeting to evaluate in this process and attempt to eliminate alternatives in a reasonable fashion given resources and information available. Interconnection Customer will select the definitive Point(s) of Interconnection to be studied no later than the execution of the Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement. 3.2 Identification of Types of Interconnection Services. At the time the Interconnection Request is submitted, Interconnection Customer must request either Energy Resource Interconnection Service or Network Resource Interconnection Service, as described; provided, however, any Interconnection Customer requesting Network Resource Interconnection Service may also request that it be concurrently studied for Energy Resource Interconnection Service, up to the point when an Interconnection Facility Study Agreement is executed. Interconnection Customer may then elect to proceed with Network Resource Interconnection Service or to proceed under a lower level of interconnection service to the extent that only certain upgrades will be completed. 3.2.1 Energy Resource Interconnection Service. 3.2.1.1 The Product. Energy Resource Interconnection Service allows Interconnection Customer to connect the Large Generating Facility to the Transmission System and be eligible to deliver the Large Generating Facility's output using the existing firm or non-firm capacity of the Transmission System on an "as available" basis. Energy Resource Interconnection Service does not in and of itself convey any right to deliver electricity to any specific customer or Point of Delivery. 3.2.1.2 The Study. The study consists of short circuit/fault duty, steady state (thermal and voltage) and stability analyses. The short circuit/fault duty analysis would identify direct Interconnection Facilities required and the Network Upgrades necessary to address short circuit issues associated with the Interconnection Facilities. The stability and steady state studies would identify necessary upgrades to allow full output of the proposed Large Generating Facility and would also identify the maximum allowed output, at the time the study is performed, of the interconnecting Large Generating Facility without requiring additional Network Upgrades. 3.2.2 Network Resource Interconnection Service. 3.2.2.1 The Product. Transmission Provider must conduct the necessary studies and construct the Network Upgrades needed to integrate the Large Generating Facility (1) in a manner comparable to that in which Transmission Provider integrates its generating facilities to serve native load customers; or (2) in an ISO or RTO with market based congestion management, in the same manner as all other Network Resources. Network Resource Interconnection Service Allows Interconnection Customer 's Large Generating Facility to be designated as a Network Resource, up to the Large Generating Facility's full output, on the same basis as all other existing Network Resources interconnected to Transmission Provider's Transmission System, and to be studied as a Network Resource on the assumption that such a designation will occur. 3.2.2.2 The Study. The Interconnection Study for Network Resource Interconnection Service shall assure that Interconnection Customer's Large Generating Facility meets the requirements for Network Resource Interconnection Service and as a general matter, that such Large Generating Facility's interconnection is also studied with Transmission Provider's Transmission System at peak load, under a variety of severely stressed conditions, to determine whether, with the Large Generating Facility at full output, the aggregate of generation in the local area can be delivered to the aggregate of load on Transmission Provider's Transmission System, consistent with Transmission Provider's reliability criteria and procedures. This approach assumes that some portion of existing Network Resources are displaced by the output of Interconnection Customer's Large Generating Facility. Network Resource Interconnection Service in and of itself does not convey any right to deliver electricity to any specific customer or Point of Delivery. 3.3 Valid Interconnection Request. 3.3.1 Initiating an Interconnection Request. To initiate an Interconnection Request, Interconnection Customer must submit all of the following: (i) a $10,000 deposit, (ii) a completed application in the form of Appendix 1, and (iii) demonstration of Site Control or a posting of an additional deposit of $10,000. Such deposits shall be applied toward any Interconnection Studies pursuant to the Interconnection Request. If Interconnection Customer demonstrates Site Control within the cure period specified in Section 3.3.3 after submitting its Interconnection Request, the additional deposit shall be refundable; otherwise, all such deposit(s), additional and initial, become nonrefundable. The expected In-Service Date of the new Large Generating Facility or increase in capacity of the existing Generating Facility shall be no more than the process window for the regional expansion planning period (or in the absence of a regional planning process, the process window for Transmission Provider's expansion planning period) not to exceed seven years from the date the Interconnection Request is received by Transmission Provider, unless Interconnection Customer demonstrates that engineering, permitting and construction of the new Large Generating Facility or increase in capacity of the existing Generating Facility will take longer than the regional expansion planning period. The In-Service Date may succeed the date the Interconnection Request is received by Transmission Provider by a period up to ten years, or longer where Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider agree, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld. 3.3.2 Acknowledgment of Interconnection Request. Transmission Provider shall acknowledge receipt of the Interconnection Request within five (5) Business Days of receipt of the request and attach a copy of the received Interconnection Request to the acknowledgement. 3.3.3 Deficiencies in Interconnection Request. An Interconnection Request will not be considered to be a valid request until all items in Section 3.3.1 have been received by Transmission Provider. If an Interconnection Request fails to meet the requirements set forth in Section 3.3.1, Transmission Provider shall notify Interconnection Customer within five (5) Business Days of receipt of the initial Interconnection Request of the reasons for such failure and that the Interconnection Request does not constitute a valid request. Interconnection Customer shall provide Transmission Provider the additional requested information needed to constitute a valid request within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such notice. Failure by Interconnection Customer to comply with this Section 3.3.3 shall be treated in accordance with Section 3.6. 3.3.4 Scoping Meeting. Within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of a valid Interconnection Request, Transmission Provider shall establish a date agreeable to Interconnection Customer for the Scoping Meeting, and such date shall be no later than thirty (30) Calendar Days from receipt of the valid Interconnection Request, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon by the Parties. The purpose of the Scoping Meeting shall be to discuss alternative interconnection options, to exchange information including any transmission data that would reasonably be expected to impact such interconnection options, to analyze such information and to determine the potential feasible Points of Interconnection. Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer will bring to the meeting such technical data, including, but not limited to: (i) general facility loadings, (ii) general instability issues, (iii) general short circuit issues, (iv) general voltage issues, and (v) general reliability issues as may be reasonably required to accomplish the purpose of the meeting. Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer will also bring to the meeting personnel and other resources as may be reasonably required to accomplish the purpose of the meeting in the time allocated for the meeting. On the basis of the meeting, Interconnection Customer shall designate its Point of Interconnection, pursuant to Section 6.1, and one or more available alternative Point(s) of Interconnection. The duration of the meeting shall be sufficient to accomplish its purpose. 3.4 Website or OASIS Posting. Transmission Provider will maintain on its website or OASIS a list of all Interconnection Requests. The list will identify, for each Interconnection Request: (i) the maximum summer and winter megawatt electrical output; (ii) the location by county and state; (iii) the station or transmission line or lines where the interconnection will be made; (iv) the projected In-Service Date; (v) the status of the Interconnection Request, including Queue Position; (vi) the type of Interconnection Service being requested; and (vii) the availability of any studies related to the Interconnection Request; (viii) the date of the Interconnection Request; (ix) the type of Generating Facility to be constructed (combined cycle, base load or combustion turbine and fuel type); and (x) for Interconnection Requests that have not resulted in a completed interconnection, an explanation as to why it was not completed. The list will not disclose the identity of Interconnection Customer until Interconnection Customer executes an LGIA. Before holding a Scoping Meeting with its Affiliate, Transmission Provider shall post on its website or OASIS an advance notice of its intent to do so. Transmission Provider shall post to its Website or OASIS any deviations from the study timelines set forth herein. Interconnection Study reports and Optional Interconnection Study reports shall be posted to Transmission Provider's Website or OASIS subsequent to the meeting between Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider to discuss the applicable study results. Transmission Provider shall also post any known deviations in the Large Generating Facility's In-Service Date. 3.5 Coordination with Affected Systems. Transmission Provider will coordinate the conduct of any studies required to determine the impact of the Interconnection Request on Affected Systems with Affected System Operators and, if possible, include those results (if available) in its applicable Interconnection Study within the time frame specified in this LGIP. Transmission Provider will include such Affected System Operators in all meetings held with Interconnection Customer as required by this LGIP. Interconnection Customer will cooperate with Transmission Provider in all matters related to the conduct of studies and the determination of modifications to Affected Systems. A Transmission Provider which may be an Affected System shall cooperate with Transmission Provider with whom interconnection has been requested in all matters related to the conduct of studies and the determination of modifications to Affected Systems. 3.6 Withdrawal. Interconnection Customer may withdraw its Interconnection Request at any time by written notice of such withdrawal to Transmission Provider. In addition, if Interconnection Customer fails to adhere to all requirements of this LGIP, except as provided in Section 13.5 (Disputes), Transmission Provider shall deem the Interconnection Request to be withdrawn and shall provide written notice to Interconnection Customer of the deemed withdrawal and an explanation of the reasons for such deemed withdrawal. Upon receipt of such written notice, Interconnection Customer shall have fifteen (15) Business Days in which to either respond with information or actions that cures the deficiency or to notify Transmission Provider of its intent to pursue Dispute Resolution. Withdrawal shall result in the loss of Interconnection Customer's Queue Position. If an Interconnection Customer disputes the withdrawal and loss of its Queue Position, then during Dispute Resolution, Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Request is eliminated from the queue until such time that the outcome of Dispute Resolution would restore its Queue Position. An Interconnection Customer that withdraws or is deemed to have withdrawn its Interconnection Request shall pay to Transmission Provider all costs that Transmission Provider prudently incurs with respect to that Interconnection Request prior to Transmission Provider's receipt of notice described above. Interconnection Customer must pay all monies due to Transmission Provider before it is allowed to obtain any Interconnection Study data or results. Transmission Provider shall (i) update the OASIS Queue Position posting and (ii) refund to Interconnection Customer any portion of Interconnection Customer's deposit or study payments that exceeds the costs that Transmission Provider has incurred, including interest. Applicable interest shall be calculated in accordance with the methodology specified for interest on deposits in the electric service connection provisions in the Seattle Municipal Code, 21.49.110.X. The interest rate is earned at the rate of interest on the City's cash pool for the period during which the balance was held. In the event of such withdrawal, Transmission Provider, subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 13.1, shall provide, at Interconnection Customer's request, all information that Transmission Provider developed for any completed study conducted up to the date of withdrawal of the Interconnection Request. Section 4. Queue Position 4.1 General. Transmission Provider shall assign a Queue Position based upon the date and time of receipt of the valid Interconnection Request; provided that, if the sole reason an Interconnection Request is not valid is the lack of required information on the application form, and Interconnection Customer provides such information in accordance with Section 3.3.3, then Transmission Provider shall assign Interconnection Customer a Queue Position based on the date the application form was originally filed. Moving a Point of Interconnection shall result in a lowering of Queue Position if it is deemed a Material Modification under Section 4.4.3. The Queue Position of each Interconnection Request will be used to determine the order of performing the Interconnection Studies and determination of cost responsibility for the facilities necessary to accommodate the Interconnection Request. A higher queued Interconnection Request is one that has been placed "earlier" in the queue in relation to another Interconnection Request that is lower queued. Transmission Provider may allocate the cost of the common upgrades for clustered Interconnection Requests without regard to Queue Position. 4.2 Clustering. At Transmission Provider's option, Interconnection Requests may be studied serially or in clusters for the purpose of the Interconnection System Impact Study. Clustering shall be implemented on the basis of Queue Position. If Transmission Provider elects to study Interconnection Requests using Clustering, all Interconnection Requests received within a period not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) Calendar Days, hereinafter referred to as the "Queue Cluster Window" shall be studied together without regard to the nature of the underlying Interconnection Service, whether Energy Resource Interconnection Service or Network Resource Interconnection Service. The deadline for completing all Interconnection System Impact Studies for which an Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement has been executed during a Queue Cluster Window shall be in accordance with Section 7.4, for all Interconnection Requests assigned to the same Queue Cluster Window. Transmission Provider may study an Interconnection Request separately to the extent warranted by Good Utility Practice based upon the electrical remoteness of the proposed Large Generating Facility. Clustering Interconnection System Impact Studies shall be conducted in such a manner to ensure the efficient implementation of the applicable regional transmission expansion plan in light of the Transmission System's capabilities at the time of each study. The Queue Cluster Window shall have a fixed time interval based on fixed annual opening and closing dates. Any changes to the established Queue Cluster Window interval and opening or closing dates shall be announced with a posting on Transmission Provider's OASIS beginning at least one hundred and eighty (180) Calendar Days in advance of the change and continuing thereafter through the end date of the first Queue Cluster Window that is to be modified. 4.3 Transferability of Queue Position. An Interconnection Customer may transfer its Queue Position to another entity only if such entity acquires the specific Generating Facility identified in the Interconnection Request and the Point of Interconnection does not change. 4.4 Modifications. Interconnection Customer shall submit to Transmission Provider, in writing, modifications to any information provided in the Interconnection Request. Interconnection Customer shall retain its Queue Position if the modifications are in accordance with Sections 4.4.1, 4.4.2 or 4.4.5, or are determined not to be Material Modifications pursuant to Section 4.4.3. Notwithstanding the above, during the course of the Interconnection Studies, either Interconnection Customer or Transmission Provider may identify changes to the planned interconnection that may improve the costs and benefits (including reliability) of the interconnection, and the ability of the proposed change to accommodate the Interconnection Request. To the extent the identified changes are acceptable to Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, Transmission Provider shall modify the Point of Interconnection and/or configuration in accordance with such changes and proceed with any re-studies necessary to do so in accordance with Section 6.4, Section 7.6 and Section 8.5 as applicable and Interconnection Customer shall retain its Queue Position. 4.4.1 Prior to the return of the executed Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement to Transmission Provider, modifications permitted under this Section shall include specifically: (a) a decrease of up to 60 percent of electrical output (MW) of the proposed project; (b) modifying the technical parameters associated with the Large Generating Facility technology or the Large Generating Facility step-up transformer impedance characteristics; and (c) modifying the interconnection configuration. For plant increases, the incremental increase in plant output will go to the end of the queue for the purposes of cost allocation and study analysis. 4.4.2 Prior to the return of the executed Interconnection Facility Study Agreement to Transmission Provider, the modifications permitted under this Section shall include specifically: (a) additional 15 percent decrease of electrical output (MW), and (b) Large Generating Facility technical parameters associated with modifications to Large Generating Facility technology and transformer impedances; provided, however, the incremental costs associated with those modifications are the responsibility of the requesting Interconnection Customer. 4.4.3 Prior to making any modification other than those specifically permitted by Sections 4.4.1, 4.4.2, and 4.4.5, Interconnection Customer may first request that Transmission Provider evaluate whether such modification is a Material Modification. In response to Interconnection Customer's request, Transmission Provider shall evaluate the proposed modifications prior to making them and inform Interconnection Customer in writing of whether the modifications would constitute a Material Modification. Any change to the Point of Interconnection, except those deemed acceptable under Sections 4.4.1, 6.1, 7.2 or so allowed elsewhere, shall constitute a Material Modification. Interconnection Customer may then withdraw the proposed modification or proceed with a new Interconnection Request for such modification. 4.4.4 Upon receipt of Interconnection Customer's request for modification permitted under this Section 4.4, Transmission Provider shall commence and perform any necessary additional studies as soon as practicable, but in no event shall Transmission Provider commence such studies later than thirty (30) Calendar Days after receiving notice of Interconnection Customer's request. Any additional studies resulting from such modification shall be done at Interconnection Customer's cost. 4.4.5 Extensions of less than three (3) cumulative years in the Commercial Operation Date of the Large Generating Facility to which the Interconnection Request relates are not material and should be handled through construction sequencing. Section 5. Procedures for Interconnection Requests Submitted Prior to Effective Date of Standard Large Generator Interconnection Procedures 5.1 Queue Position for Pending Requests. 5.1.1 Any Interconnection Customer assigned a Queue Position prior to the effective date of this LGIP shall retain that Queue Position. 5.1.1.1 If an Interconnection Study Agreement has not been executed as of the effective date of this LGIP, then such Interconnection Study, and any subsequent Interconnection Studies, shall be processed in accordance with this LGIP. 5.1.1.2 If an Interconnection Study Agreement has been executed prior to the effective date of this LGIP, such Interconnection Study shall be completed in accordance with the terms of such agreement. With respect to any remaining studies for which an Interconnection Customer has not signed an Interconnection Study Agreement prior to the effective date of the LGIP, Transmission Provider must offer Interconnection Customer the option of either continuing under Transmission Provider's existing interconnection study process or going forward with the completion of the necessary Interconnection Studies (for which it does not have a signed Interconnection Studies Agreement) in accordance with this LGIP. 5.1.2 Transition Period. To the extent necessary, Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customers with an outstanding Interconnection Request shall transition to this LGIP within a reasonable period of time not to exceed sixty (60) Calendar Days. The use of the term "outstanding request" herein shall mean any Interconnection Request, on the effective date of this LGIP: (i) that has been submitted but not yet accepted by Transmission Provider; (ii) where the relevant Interconnection Study Agreements have not yet been executed, or (iv) where any of the relevant Interconnection Studies are in process but not yet completed. Any Interconnection Customer with an outstanding request as of the effective date of this LGIP may request a reasonable extension of any deadline, otherwise applicable, if necessary to avoid undue hardship or prejudice to its Interconnection Request. A reasonable extension shall be granted by Transmission Provider to the extent consistent with the intent and process provided for under this LGIP. 5.2 New Transmission Provider. If Transmission Provider transfers control of its Transmission System to a successor Transmission Provider during the period when an Interconnection Request is pending, the original Transmission Provider shall transfer to the successor Transmission Provider any amount of the deposit or payment with interest thereon that exceeds the cost that it incurred to evaluate the request for interconnection. Any difference between such net amount and the deposit or payment required by this LGIP shall be paid by or refunded to the Interconnection, as appropriate. The original Transmission Provider shall coordinate with the successor Transmission Provider to complete any Interconnection Study, as appropriate, that the original Transmission Provider has begun but has not completed. Section 6. Interconnection Feasibility Study 6.1 Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement. Simultaneously with the acknowledgement of a valid Interconnection Request Transmission Provider shall provide to Interconnection Customer an Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement in the form of Appendix 2. The Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement shall specify that Interconnection Customer is responsible for the actual cost of the Interconnection Feasibility Study. Within five (5) Business Days following the Scoping Meeting Interconnection Customer shall specify for inclusion in the attachment to the Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement the Point(s) of Interconnection and any reasonable alternative Point(s) of Interconnection. Within five (5) Business Days following Transmission Provider's receipt of such designation, Transmission Provider shall tender to Interconnection Customer the Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement signed by Transmission Provider, which includes a good faith estimate of the cost for completing the Interconnection Feasibility Study. Interconnection Customer shall execute and deliver to Transmission Provider the Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement along with a $10,000 deposit no later than thirty (30) Calendar Days after its receipt. On or before the return of the executed Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement to Transmission Provider, Interconnection Customer shall provide the technical data called for in Appendix 1, Attachment A. If the Interconnection Feasibility Study uncovers any unexpected result(s) not contemplated during the Scoping Meeting, a substitute Point of Interconnection identified by either Interconnection Customer or Transmission Provider, and acceptable to the other, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, will be substituted for the designated Point of Interconnection specified above without loss of Queue Position, and Restudies shall be completed pursuant to Section 6.4 as applicable. For the purpose of this Section 6.1, if Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer cannot agree on the substituted Point of Interconnection, then Interconnection Customer may direct that one of the alternatives as specified in the Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement, as specified pursuant to Section 3.3.4, shall be the substitute. If Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider agree to forgo the Interconnection Feasibility Study, Transmission Provider will initiate an Interconnection System Impact Study under Section 7 of this LGIP and apply the $10,000 deposit towards the Interconnection System Impact Study. 6.2 Scope of Interconnection Feasibility Study. The Interconnection Feasibility Study shall preliminarily evaluate the feasibility of the proposed interconnection to the Transmission System. The Interconnection Feasibility Study will consider the Base Case as well as all generating facilities (and with respect to (iii), any identified Network Upgrades) that, on the date the Interconnection Feasibility Study is commenced: (i) are directly interconnected to the Transmission System; (ii) are interconnected to Affected Systems and may have an impact on the Interconnection Request; (iii) have a pending higher queued Interconnection Request to interconnect to the Transmission System; and (iv) have no Queue Position but have executed an LGIA. The Interconnection Feasibility Study will consist of a power flow and short circuit analysis. The Interconnection Feasibility Study will provide a list of facilities and a non-binding good faith estimate of cost responsibility and a nonbinding good faith estimated time to construct. 6.3 Interconnection Feasibility Study Procedures. Transmission Provider shall utilize existing studies to the extent practicable when it performs the study. Transmission Provider shall use Reasonable Efforts to complete the Interconnection Feasibility Study no later than forty-five (45) Calendar Days after Transmission Provider receives the fully executed Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement. At the request of Interconnection Customer or at any time Transmission Provider determines that it will not meet the required time frame for completing the Interconnection Feasibility Study, Transmission Provider shall notify Interconnection Customer as to the schedule status of the Interconnection Feasibility Study. If Transmission Provider is unable to complete the Interconnection Feasibility Study within that time period, it shall notify Interconnection Customer and provide an estimated completion date with an explanation of the reasons why additional time is required. Upon request, Transmission Provider shall provide Interconnection Customer supporting documentation, workpapers and relevant power flow, short circuit and stability databases for the Interconnection Feasibility Study, subject to confidentiality arrangements consistent with Section 13.1. 6.3.1 Meeting with Transmission Provider. Within ten (10) Business Days of providing an Interconnection Feasibility Study report to Interconnection Customer, Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer shall meet to discuss the results of the Interconnection Feasibility Study. 6.4 Re-Study. If Re-Study of the Interconnection Feasibility Study is required due to a higher queued project dropping out of the queue, or a modification of a higher queued project subject to Section 4.4, or re-designation of the Point of Interconnection pursuant to Section 6.1 Transmission Provider shall notify Interconnection Customer in writing. Such Re-Study shall take not longer than forty-five (45) Calendar Days from the date of the notice. Any cost of Re-Study shall be borne by the Interconnection Customer being re-studied. Section 7. Interconnection System Impact Study 7.1 Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement. Unless otherwise agreed, pursuant to the Scoping Meeting provided in Section 3.3.4, simultaneously with the delivery of the Interconnection Feasibility Study to Interconnection Customer, Transmission Provider shall provide to Interconnection Customer an Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement in the form of Appendix 3 to this LGIP. The Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement shall provide that Interconnection Customer shall compensate Transmission Provider for the actual cost of the Interconnection System Impact Study. Within three (3) Business Days following the Interconnection Feasibility Study results meeting, Transmission Provider shall provide to Interconnection Customer a nonbinding good faith estimate of the cost and timeframe for completing the Interconnection System Impact Study. 7.2 Execution of Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement. Interconnection Customer shall execute the Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement and deliver the executed Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement to Transmission Provider no later than thirty (30) Calendar Days after its receipt along with demonstration of Site Control, and a $50,000 deposit. If Interconnection Customer does not provide all such technical data when it delivers the Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement, Transmission Provider shall notify Interconnection Customer of the deficiency within five (5) Business Days of the receipt of the executed Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement and Interconnection Customer shall cure the deficiency within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the notice, provided, however, such deficiency does not include failure to deliver the executed Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement or deposit. If the Interconnection System Impact Study uncovers any unexpected result(s) not contemplated during the Scoping Meeting and the Interconnection Feasibility Study, a substitute Point of Interconnection identified by either Interconnection Customer or Transmission Provider, and acceptable to the other, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, will be substituted for the designated Point of Interconnection specified above without loss of Queue Position, and restudies shall be completed pursuant to Section 7.6 as applicable. For the purpose of this Section 7.6, if Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer cannot agree on the substituted Point of Interconnection, then Interconnection Customer may direct that one of the alternatives as specified in the Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement, as specified pursuant to Section 3.3.4, shall be the substitute. 7.3 Scope of Interconnection System Impact Study. The Interconnection System Impact Study shall evaluate the impact of the proposed interconnection on the reliability of the Transmission System. The Interconnection System Impact Study will consider the Base Case as well as all generating facilities (and with respect to (iii) below, any identified Network Upgrades associated with such higher queued interconnection) that, on the date the Interconnection System Impact Study is commenced: (i) are directly interconnected to the Transmission System; (ii) are interconnected to Affected Systems and may have an impact on the Interconnection Request; (iii) have a pending higher queued Interconnection Request to interconnect to the Transmission System; and (iv) have no Queue Position but have executed an LGIA. The Interconnection System Impact Study will consist of a short circuit analysis, a stability analysis, and a power flow analysis. The Interconnection System Impact Study will state the assumptions upon which it is based; state the results of the analyses; and provide the requirements or potential impediments to providing the requested interconnection service, including a preliminary indication of the cost and length of time that would be necessary to correct any problems identified in those analyses and implement the interconnection. The Interconnection System Impact Study will provide a list of facilities that are required as a result of the Interconnection Request and a non-binding good faith estimate of cost responsibility and a non-binding good faith estimated time to construct. 7.4 Interconnection System Impact Study Procedures Transmission Provider shall coordinate the Interconnection System Impact Study with any Affected System that is affected by the Interconnection Request pursuant to Section 3.5 above. Transmission Provider shall utilize existing studies to the extent practicable when it performs the study. Transmission Provider shall use Reasonable Efforts to complete the Interconnection System Impact Study within ninety (90) Calendar Days after the receipt of the Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement or notification to proceed, study payment, and technical data. If Transmission Provider uses Clustering, Transmission Provider shall use Reasonable Efforts to deliver a completed Interconnection System Impact Study within ninety (90) Calendar Days after the close of the Queue Cluster Window. At the request of Interconnection Customer or at any time Transmission Provider determines that it will not meet the required time frame for completing the Interconnection System Impact Study, Transmission Provider shall notify Interconnection Customer as to the schedule status of the Interconnection System Impact Study. If Transmission Provider is unable to complete the Interconnection System Impact Study within the time period, it shall notify Interconnection Customer and provide an estimated completion date with an explanation of the reasons why additional time is required. Upon request, Transmission Provider shall provide Interconnection Customer all supporting documentation, workpapers and relevant pre-Interconnection Request and post-Interconnection Request power flow, short circuit and stability databases for the Interconnection System Impact Study, subject to confidentiality arrangements consistent with Section 13.1. 7.5 Meeting with Transmission Provider. Within ten (10) Business Days of providing an Interconnection System Impact Study report to Interconnection Customer, Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer shall meet to discuss the results of the Interconnection System Impact Study. 7.6 Re-Study . If Re-Study of the Interconnection System Impact Study is required due to a higher queued project dropping out of the queue, a modification of a higher queued project subject to 4.4, or re-designation of the Point of Interconnection pursuant to Section 6.1 Transmission Provider shall notify Interconnection Customer in writing. Such Re-Study shall take no longer than sixty (60) Calendar Days from the date of notice. Any cost of ReStudy shall be borne by the Interconnection Customer being re-studied. Section 8. Interconnection Facilities Study 8.1 Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement. Simultaneously with the delivery of the Interconnection System Impact Study to Interconnection Customer, Transmission Provider shall provide to Interconnection Customer an Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement in the form of Appendix 4 to this LGIP. The Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement shall provide that Interconnection Customer shall compensate Transmission Provider for the actual cost of the Interconnection Facilities Study. Within three (3) Business Days following the Interconnection System Impact Study results meeting, Transmission Provider shall provide to Interconnection Customer a non-binding good faith estimate of the cost and timeframe for completing the Interconnection Facilities Study. Interconnection Customer shall execute the Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement and deliver the executed Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement to Transmission Provider within thirty (30) Calendar Days after its receipt, together with the required technical data and the greater of $100,000 or Interconnection Customer's portion of the estimated monthly cost of conducting the Interconnection Facilities Study. 8.1.1 Transmission Provider shall invoice Interconnection Customer on a monthly basis for the work to be conducted on the Interconnection Facilities Study each month. Interconnection Customer shall pay invoiced amounts within thirty (30) Calendar Days of receipt of invoice. Transmission Provider shall continue to hold the amounts on deposit until settlement of the final invoice. 8.2 Scope of Interconnection Facilities Study. The Interconnection Facilities Study shall specify and estimate the cost of the equipment, engineering, procurement and construction work needed to implement the conclusions of the Interconnection System Impact Study in accordance with Good Utility Practice to physically and electrically connect the Interconnection Facility to the Transmission System. The Interconnection Facilities Study shall also identify the electrical switching configuration of the connection equipment, including, without limitation: the transformer, switchgear, meters, and other station equipment; the nature and estimated cost of any Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities and Network Upgrades necessary to accomplish the interconnection; and an estimate of the time required to complete the construction and installation of such facilities. 8.3 Interconnection Facilities Study Procedures. Transmission Provider shall coordinate the Interconnection Facilities Study with any Affected System pursuant to Section 3.5 above. Transmission Provider shall utilize existing studies to the extent practicable in performing the Interconnection Facilities Study. Transmission Provider shall use Reasonable Efforts to complete the study and issue a draft Interconnection Facilities Study report to Interconnection Customer within the following number of days after receipt of an executed Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement: ninety (90) Calendar Days, with no more than a 20 percent cost estimate contained in the report; or one hundred eighty (180) Calendar Days, if Interconnection Customer requests a 10 percent cost estimate. At the request of Interconnection Customer or at any time Transmission Provider determines that it will not meet the required time frame for completing the Interconnection Facilities Study, Transmission Provider shall notify Interconnection Customer as to the schedule status of the Interconnection Facilities Study. If Transmission Provider is unable to complete the Interconnection Facilities Study and issue a draft Interconnection Facilities Study report within the time required, it shall notify Interconnection Customer and provide an estimated completion date and an explanation of the reasons why additional time is required. Interconnection Customer may, within thirty (30) Calendar Days after receipt of the draft report, provide written comments to Transmission Provider, which Transmission Provider shall include in the final report. Transmission Provider shall issue the final Interconnection Facilities Study report within fifteen (15) Business Days of receiving Interconnection Customer's comments or promptly upon receiving Interconnection Customer's statement that it will not provide comments. Transmission Provider may reasonably extend such fifteen-day period upon notice to Interconnection Customer if Interconnection Customer's comments require Transmission Provider to perform additional analyses or make other significant modifications prior to the issuance of the final Interconnection Facilities Report. Upon request, Transmission Provider shall provide Interconnection Customer supporting documentation, workpapers, and databases or data developed in the preparation of the Interconnection Facilities Study, subject to confidentiality arrangements consistent with Section 13.1. 8.4 Meeting with Transmission Provider. Within ten (10) Business Days of providing a draft Interconnection Facilities Study report to Interconnection Customer, Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer shall meet to discuss the results of the Interconnection Facilities Study. 8.5 Re-Study. If Re-Study of the Interconnection Facilities Study is required due to a higher queued project dropping out of the queue or a modification of a higher queued project pursuant to Section 4.4, Transmission Provider shall so notify Interconnection Customer in writing. Such Re-Study shall take no longer than sixty (60) Calendar Days from the date of notice. Any cost of Re-Study shall be borne by the Interconnection Customer being restudied. Section 9. Engineering & Procurement ('E&P') Agreement. Prior to executing an LGIA, an Interconnection Customer may, in order to advance the implementation of its interconnection, request and Transmission Provider shall offer the Interconnection Customer, an E&P Agreement that authorizes Transmission Provider to begin engineering and procurement of long lead-time items necessary for the establishment of the interconnection. However, Transmission Provider shall not be obligated to offer an E&P Agreement if Interconnection Customer is in Dispute Resolution as a result of an allegation that Interconnection Customer has failed to meet any milestones or comply with any prerequisites specified in other parts of the LGIP. The E&P Agreement is an optional procedure and it will not alter the Interconnection Customer's Queue Position or InService Date. The E&P Agreement shall provide for Interconnection Customer to pay the cost of all activities authorized by Interconnection Customer and to make advance payments or provide other satisfactory security for such costs. Interconnection Customer shall pay the cost of such authorized activities and any cancellation costs for equipment that is already ordered for its interconnection, which cannot be mitigated as hereafter described, whether or not such items or equipment later become unnecessary. If Interconnection Customer withdraws its application for interconnection or either party terminates the E&P Agreement, to the extent the equipment ordered can be canceled under reasonable terms, Interconnection Customer shall be obligated to pay the associated cancellation costs. To the extent that the equipment cannot be reasonably canceled, Transmission Provider may elect: (i) to take title to the equipment, in which event Transmission Provider shall refund Interconnection Customer any amounts paid by Interconnection Customer for such equipment and shall pay the cost of delivery of such equipment, or (ii) to transfer title to and deliver such equipment to Interconnection Customer, in which event Interconnection Customer shall pay any unpaid balance and cost of delivery of such equipment. Section 10. Optional Interconnection Study 10.1 Optional Interconnection Study Agreement. On or after the date when Interconnection Customer receives Interconnection System Impact Study results, Interconnection Customer may request, and Transmission Provider shall perform a reasonable number of Optional Studies. The request shall describe the assumptions that Interconnection Customer wishes Transmission Provider to study within the scope described in Section 10.2. Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of a request for an Optional Interconnection Study, Transmission Provider shall provide to Interconnection Customer an Optional Interconnection Study Agreement in the form of Appendix 5. The Optional Interconnection Study Agreement shall: (i) specify the technical data that Interconnection Customer must provide for each phase of the Optional Interconnection Study, (ii) specify Interconnection Customer's assumptions as to which Interconnection Requests with earlier queue priority dates will be excluded from the Optional Interconnection Study case and assumptions as to the type of interconnection service for Interconnection Requests remaining in the Optional Interconnection Study case, and (iii) Transmission Provider's estimate of the cost of the Optional Interconnection Study. To the extent known by Transmission Provider, such estimate shall include any costs expected to be incurred by any Affected System whose participation is necessary to complete the Optional Interconnection Study. Notwithstanding the above, Transmission Provider shall not be required as a result of an Optional Interconnection Study request to conduct any additional Interconnection Studies with respect to any other Interconnection Request. Interconnection Customer shall execute the Optional Interconnection Study Agreement within ten (10) Business Days of receipt and deliver the Optional Interconnection Study Agreement, the technical data and a $10,000 deposit to Transmission Provider. 10.2 Scope of Optional Interconnection Study. The Optional Interconnection Study will consist of a sensitivity analysis based on the assumptions specified by Interconnection Customer in the Optional Interconnection Study Agreement. The Optional Interconnection Study will also identify Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities and the Network Upgrades, and the estimated cost thereof, that may be required to provide transmission service or Interconnection Service based upon the results of the Optional Interconnection Study. The Optional Interconnection Study shall be performed solely for informational purposes. Transmission Provider shall use Reasonable Efforts to coordinate the study with any Affected Systems that may be affected by the types of Interconnection Services that are being studied. Transmission Provider shall utilize existing studies to the extent practicable in conducting the Optional Interconnection Study. 10.3 Optional Interconnection Study Procedures. The executed Optional Interconnection Study Agreement, the prepayment, and technical and other data called for therein must be provided to Transmission Provider within ten (10) Business Days of Interconnection Customer receipt of the Optional Interconnection Study Agreement. Transmission Provider shall use Reasonable Efforts to complete the Optional Interconnection Study within a mutually agreed upon time period specified within the Optional Interconnection Study Agreement. If Transmission Provider is unable to complete the Optional Interconnection Study within such time period, it shall notify Interconnection Customer and provide an estimated completion date and an explanation of the reasons why additional time is required. Any difference between the study payment and the actual cost of the study shall be paid to Transmission Provider or refunded to Interconnection Customer, as appropriate. Upon request, Transmission Provider shall provide Interconnection Customer supporting documentation and workpapers and databases or data developed in the preparation of the Optional Interconnection Study, subject to confidentiality arrangements consistent with Section 13.1. Section 11. Standard Large Generator Interconnection Agreement (LGIA) 11.1 Tender. Interconnection Customer shall tender comments on the draft Interconnection Facilities Study Report within thirty (30) Calendar Days of receipt of the report. Within thirty (30) Calendar Days after the comments are submitted, Interconnection Customer shall tender a draft LGIA, together with draft appendices completed to the extent practicable. The draft LGIA shall be in the form of Transmission Provider's LGIA, which is in Appendix 6. Interconnection Customer shall execute and return the completed draft appendices within thirty (30) Calendar Days. 11.2 Negotiation. Notwithstanding Section 11.1, at the request of Interconnection Customer Transmission Provider shall begin negotiations with Interconnection Customer concerning the appendices to the LGIA at any time after Interconnection Customer executes the Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement. Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer shall negotiate concerning any disputed provisions of the appendices to the draft LGIA for not more than sixty (60) Calendar Days after tender of the final Interconnection Facilities Study Report. If Interconnection Customer determines that negotiations are at an impasse, it may initiate Dispute Resolution procedures pursuant to Section 13.5. If Interconnection Customer requests termination of the negotiations, but within sixty (60) Calendar Days thereafter fails to request either the filing of the unexecuted LGIA or initiate Dispute Resolution, it shall be deemed to have withdrawn its Interconnection Request. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, if Interconnection Customer has not executed the LGIA, requested filing of an unexecuted LGIA, or initiated Dispute Resolution procedures pursuant to Section 13.5 within sixty days of tender of completed draft of the LGIA appendices, it shall be deemed to have withdrawn its Interconnection Request. Transmission Provider shall provide to Interconnection Customer a final LGIA within fifteen (15) Business Days after the completion of the negotiation process. 11.3 Execution and Filing. Within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of the final LGIA, Interconnection Customer shall provide Transmission Provider (A) reasonable evidence that continued Site Control or (B) posting of $250,000, non-refundable additional security, which shall be applied toward future construction costs. At the same time, Interconnection Customer also shall provide reasonable evidence that one or more of the following milestones in the development of the Large Generating Facility, at Interconnection Customer election, has been achieved: (i) the execution of a contract for the supply or transportation of fuel to the Large Generating Facility; (ii) the execution of a contract for the supply of cooling water to the Large Generating Facility; (iii) execution of a contract for the engineering for, procurement of major equipment for, or construction of, the Large Generating Facility; (iv) execution of a contract for the sale of electric energy or capacity from the Large Generating Facility; or (v) application for an air, water, or land use permit. Interconnection Customer shall execute two originals of the tendered LGIA and return them to Transmission Provider. As soon as practicable, but not later than ten (10) Business Days after receiving either the two executed originals of the tendered LGIA, Transmission Provider shall contact the Interconnection Customer and proceed with design, procurement, and construction of facilities and upgrades under the agreed-upon terms of the LGIA. 11.4 Commencement of Interconnection Activities. If Interconnection Customer executes the final LGIA, Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer shall perform their respective obligations in accordance with the terms of the LGIA. Section 12. Construction of Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities and Network Upgrades 12.1 Schedule. Transmission Provider and Interconnection Customer shall negotiate in good faith concerning a schedule for the construction of Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities and the Network Upgrades. 12.2 Construction Sequencing. 12.2.1 General. In general, the In-Service Date of an Interconnection Customers seeking interconnection to the Transmission System will determine the sequence of construction of Network Upgrades. 12.2.2 Advance Construction of Network Upgrades that are an Obligation of an Entity other than Interconnection Customer. An Interconnection Customer with an LGIA, in order to maintain its InService Date, may request that Transmission Provider advance to the extent necessary the completion of Network Upgrades that: (i) were assumed in the Interconnection Studies for such Interconnection Customer, (ii) are necessary to support such In-Service Date, and (iii) would otherwise not be completed, pursuant to a contractual obligation of an entity other than Interconnection Customer that is seeking interconnection to the Transmission System, in time to support such In-Service Date. Upon such request, Transmission Provider will use Reasonable Efforts to advance the construction of such Network Upgrades to accommodate such request; provided that Interconnection Customer commits to pay Transmission Provider: (i) any associated expediting costs and (ii) the cost of such Network Upgrades. Transmission Provider will refund to Interconnection Customer both the expediting costs and the cost of Network Upgrades, in accordance with Article 11.4 of the LGIA. Consequently, the entity with a contractual obligation to construct such Network Upgrades shall be obligated to pay only that portion of the costs of the Network Upgrades that Transmission Provider has not refunded to Interconnection Customer. Payment by that entity shall be due on the date that it would have been due had there been no request for advance construction. Transmission Provider shall forward to Interconnection Customer the amount paid by the entity with a contractual obligation to construct the Network Upgrades as payment in full for the outstanding balance owed to Interconnection Customer. Transmission Provider then shall refund to that entity the amount that it paid for the Network Upgrades, in accordance with Article 11.4 of the LGIA. 12.2.3 Advancing Construction of Network Upgrades that are Part of an Expansion Plan of the Transmission Provider. An Interconnection Customer with an LGIA, in order to maintain its InService Date, may request that Transmission Provider advance to the extent necessary the completion of Network Upgrades that: (i) are necessary to support such In-Service Date and (ii) would otherwise not be completed, pursuant to an expansion plan of Transmission Provider, in time to support such In-Service Date. Upon such request, Transmission Provider will use Reasonable Efforts to advance the construction of such Network Upgrades to accommodate such request; provided that Interconnection Customer commits to pay Transmission Provider any associated expediting costs. Interconnection Customer shall be entitled to transmission credits, if any, for any expediting costs paid. 12.2.4 Amended Interconnection System Impact Study. An Interconnection System Impact Study will be amended to determine the facilities necessary to support the requested In-Service Date. This amended study will include those transmission and Large Generating Facilities that are expected to be in service on or before the requested In-Service Date. Section 13. Miscellaneous 13.1 Confidentiality. Confidential Information shall include, without limitation, all information relating to a Party's technology, research and development, business affairs, and pricing, and any information supplied by either of the Parties to the other prior to the execution of an LGIA. Information is Confidential Information only if it is clearly designated or marked in writing as confidential on the face of the document, or, if the information is conveyed orally or by inspection, if the Party providing the information orally informs the Party receiving the information that the information is confidential. If requested by either Party, the other Party shall provide in writing, the basis for asserting that the information referred to in this Article warrants confidential treatment, and the requesting Party may disclose such writing to the appropriate Governmental Authority. Each Party shall be responsible for the costs associated with affording confidential treatment to its information. 13.1.1 Scope. Confidential Information shall not include information that the receiving Party can demonstrate: (1) is generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the receiving Party; (2) was in the lawful possession of the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis before receiving it from the disclosing Party; (3) was supplied to the receiving Party without restriction by a third party, who, to the knowledge of the receiving Party after due inquiry, was under no obligation to the disclosing Party to keep such information confidential; (4) was independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to Confidential Information of the disclosing Party; (5) is, or becomes, publicly known, through no wrongful act or omission of the receiving Party or Breach of the LGIA; or (6) is required, in accordance with Section 13.1.6, Order of Disclosure, to be disclosed by any Governmental Authority or is otherwise required to be disclosed by law or subpoena, or is necessary in any legal proceeding establishing rights and obligations under the LGIA. Information designated as Confidential Information will no longer be deemed confidential if the Party that designated the information as confidential notifies the other Party that it no longer is confidential. 13.1.2 Release of Confidential Information. Neither Party shall release or disclose Confidential Information to any other person, except to its Affiliates (limited by the Standards of Conduct requirements), employees, consultants, or to parties who may be or considering providing financing to or equity participation with Interconnection Customer, or to potential purchasers or assignees of Interconnection Customer, on a need-to-know basis in connection with these procedures, unless such person has first been advised of the confidentiality provisions of this Section 13.1 and has agreed to comply with such provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party providing Confidential Information to any person shall remain primarily responsible for any release of Confidential Information in contravention of this Section 13.1. 13.1.3 Rights. Each Party retains all rights, title, and interest in the Confidential Information that each Party discloses to the other Party. The disclosure by each Party to the other Party of Confidential Information shall not be deemed a waiver by either Party or any other person or entity of the right to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure. 13.1.4 No Warranties. By providing Confidential Information, neither Party makes any warranties or representations as to its accuracy or completeness. In addition, by supplying Confidential Information, neither Party obligates itself to provide any particular information or Confidential Information to the other Party nor to enter into any further agreements or proceed with any other relationship or joint venture. 13.1.5 Standard of Care. Each Party shall use at least the same standard of care to protect Confidential Information it receives as it uses to protect its own Confidential Information from unauthorized disclosure, publication or dissemination. Each Party may use Confidential Information solely to fulfill its obligations to the other Party under these procedures or its regulatory requirements. 13.1.6 Order of Disclosure. If a court or a Government Authority or entity with the right, power, and apparent authority to do so requests or requires either Party, by subpoena, oral deposition, interrogatories, requests for production of documents, administrative order, or otherwise, to disclose Confidential Information, that Party shall provide the other Party with prompt notice of such request(s) or requirement(s) so that the other Party may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the terms of the LGIA. Notwithstanding the absence of a protective order or waiver, the Party may disclose such Confidential Information which, in the opinion of its counsel, the Party is legally compelled to disclose. Each Party will use Reasonable Efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded any Confidential Information so furnished. 13.1.7 Remedies. The Parties agree that monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate a Party for the other Party's Breach of its obligations under this Section 13.1. Each Party accordingly agrees that the other Party shall be entitled to equitable relief, by way of injunction or otherwise, if the first Party Breaches or threatens to Breach its obligations under this Section 13.1, which equitable relief shall be granted without bond or proof of damages, and the receiving Party shall not plead in defense that there would be an adequate remedy at law. Such remedy shall not be deemed an exclusive remedy for the Breach of this Section 13.1, but shall be in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that the covenants contained herein are necessary for the protection of legitimate business interests and are reasonable in scope. No Party, however, shall be liable for indirect, incidental, or consequential or punitive damages of any nature or kind resulting from or arising in connection with this Section 13.1. 13.1.8 Disclosure to FERC, its Staff, or a State. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13.1 to the contrary, and pursuant to 18 CFR section 1b.20, if FERC or its staff, during the course of an investigation or otherwise, requests information from one of the Parties that is otherwise required to be maintained in confidence pursuant to the LGIP, the Party shall provide the requested information to FERC or its staff, within the time provided for in the request for information. In providing the information to FERC or its staff, the Party may, consistent with 18 CFR section 388.112, request that the information be treated as confidential and non-public by FERC and its staff and that the information be withheld from public disclosure. Parties are prohibited from notifying the other Party prior to the release of the Confidential Information to FERC or its staff. The Party shall notify the other Party to the LGIA when its is notified by FERC or its staff that a request to release Confidential Information has been received by FERC, at which time either of the Parties may respond before such information would be made public, pursuant to 18 CFR section 388.112. Requests from a state regulatory body conducting a confidential investigation shall be treated in a similar manner, if consistent with applicable state rules and regulations. 13.1.9 Subject to the exception in Section 13.1.8, any information that a Party claims is competitively sensitive, commercial or financial information ("Confidential Information") shall not be disclosed by the other Party to any person not employed or retained by the other Party, except to the extent disclosure is (i) required by law; (ii) reasonably deemed by the disclosing Party to be required to be disclosed in connection with a dispute between or among the Parties, or the defense of litigation or dispute; (iii) otherwise permitted by consent of the other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; or (iv) necessary to fulfill its obligations under this LGIP or as a transmission service provider or a Control Area operator including disclosing the Confidential Information to an RTO or ISO or to a subregional, regional or national reliability organization or planning group. The Party asserting confidentiality shall notify the other Party in writing of the information it claims is confidential. Prior to any disclosures of the other Party's Confidential Information under this subparagraph, or if any third party or Governmental Authority makes any request or demand for any of the information described in this subparagraph, the disclosing Party agrees to promptly notify the other Party in writing. 13.1.10 This provision shall not apply to any information that was or is hereafter in the public domain (except as a result of a Breach of this provision). 13.1.11 Transmission Provider shall, at Interconnection Customer's election, destroy, in a confidential manner, or return the Confidential Information provided at the time of Confidential Information is no longer needed. 13.2 Delegation of Responsibility. Transmission Provider may use the services of subcontractors as it deems appropriate to perform its obligations under this LGIP. Transmission Provider shall remain primarily liable to Interconnection Customer for the performance of such subcontractors and compliance with its obligations of this LGIP. The subcontractor shall keep all information provided confidential and shall use such information solely for the performance of such obligation for which it was provided and no other purpose. 13.3 Obligation for Study Costs. Transmission Provider shall charge and Interconnection Customer shall pay the actual costs of the Interconnection Studies. Any difference between the study deposit and the actual cost of the applicable Interconnection Study shall be paid by or refunded, except as otherwise provided herein, to Interconnection Customer or offset against the cost of any future Interconnection Studies associated with the applicable Interconnection Request prior to beginning of any such future Interconnection Studies. Any invoices for Interconnection Studies shall include a detailed and itemized accounting of the cost of each Interconnection Study. Interconnection Customer shall pay any such undisputed costs within thirty (30) Calendar Days of receipt of an invoice therefor. Transmission Provider shall not be obligated to perform or continue to perform any studies unless Interconnection Customer has paid all undisputed amounts in compliance herewith. 13.4 Third Parties Conducting Studies. If (i) at the time of the signing of an Interconnection Study Agreement there is disagreement as to the estimated time to complete an Interconnection Study, (ii) Interconnection Customer receives notice pursuant to Sections 6.3, 7.4 or 8.3 that Transmission Provider will not complete an Interconnection Study within the applicable timeframe for such Interconnection Study, or (iii) Interconnection Customer receives neither the Interconnection Study nor a notice under Sections 6.3, 7.4 or 8.3 within the applicable timeframe for such Interconnection Study, then Interconnection Customer may require Transmission Provider to utilize a third party consultant reasonably acceptable to Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider to perform such Interconnection Study under the direction of Transmission Provider. At other times, Transmission Provider may also utilize a third party consultant to perform such Interconnection Study, either in response to a general request of Interconnection Customer, or on its own volition. In all cases, use of a third party consultant shall be in accord with Article 26 of the LGIA (Subcontractors) and limited to situations where Transmission Provider determines that doing so will help maintain or accelerate the study process for Interconnection Customer's pending Interconnection Request and not interfere with Transmission Provider's progress on Interconnection Studies for other pending Interconnection Requests. In cases where Interconnection Customer requests use of a third party consultant to perform such Interconnection Study, Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider shall negotiate all of the pertinent terms and conditions, including reimbursement arrangements and the estimated study completion date and study review deadline. Transmission Provider shall convey all workpapers, data bases, study results and all other supporting documentation prepared to date with respect to the Interconnection Request as soon as soon as practicable upon Interconnection Customer's request subject to the confidentiality provision in Section 13.1. In any case, such third party contract may be entered into with either Interconnection Customer or Transmission Provider at Transmission Provider's discretion. In the case of (iii) Interconnection Customer maintains its right to submit a claim to Dispute Resolution to recover the costs of such third party study. Such third party consultant shall be required to comply with this LGIP, Article 26 of the LGIA (Subcontractors), and the relevant OATT procedures and protocols as would apply if Transmission Provider were to conduct the Interconnection Study and shall use the information provided to it solely for purposes of performing such services and for no other purposes. Transmission Provider shall cooperate with such third party consultant and Interconnection Customer to complete and issue the Interconnection Study in the shortest reasonable time. 13.5 Disputes. 13.5.1 Submission. In the event either Party has a dispute, or asserts a claim, that arises out of or in connection with the LGIA, the LGIP, or their performance, such Party (the "disputing Party") shall provide the other Party with written notice of the dispute or claim ("Notice of Dispute"). Such dispute or claim shall be referred to a designated senior representative of each Party for resolution on an informal basis as promptly as practicable after receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the other Party. In the event the designated representatives are unable to resolve the claim or dispute through unassisted or assisted negotiations within thirty (30) Calendar Days of the other Party's receipt of the Notice of Dispute, such claim or dispute may, upon mutual agreement of the Parties, be submitted to arbitration and resolved in accordance with the arbitration procedures set forth below. In the event the Parties do not agree to submit such claim or dispute to arbitration, each Party may exercise whatever rights and remedies it may have in equity or at law consistent with the terms of this LGIA. 13.5.2 External Arbitration Procedures. Any arbitration initiated under these procedures shall be conducted before a single neutral arbitrator appointed by the Parties. If the Parties fail to agree upon a single arbitrator within ten (10) Calendar Days of the submission of the dispute to arbitration, each Party shall choose one arbitrator who shall sit on a three-member arbitration panel. The two arbitrators so chosen shall within twenty (20) Calendar Days select a third arbitrator to chair the arbitration panel. In either case, the arbitrators shall be knowledgeable in electric utility matters, including electric transmission and bulk power issues, and shall not have any current or past substantial business or financial relationships with any party to the arbitration (except prior arbitration). The arbitrator(s) shall provide each of the Parties an opportunity to be heard and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall conduct the arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("Arbitration Rules") and any applicable FERC regulations or regional dispute resolution rules; provided, however, in the event of a conflict between the Arbitration Rules and the terms of this Section 13, the terms of this Section 13 shall prevail. 13.5.3 Arbitration Decisions. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the arbitrator(s) shall render a decision within ninety (90) Calendar Days of appointment and shall notify the Parties in writing of such decision and the reasons therefor. The arbitrator(s) shall be authorized only to interpret and apply the provisions of the LGIA and LGIP and shall have no power to modify or change any provision of the LGIA and LGIP in any manner. The decision of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding upon the Parties, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The decision of the arbitrator(s) may be appealed solely on the grounds that the conduct of the arbitrator(s), or the decision itself, violated the standards set forth in the Federal Arbitration Act or the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act. 13.5.4 Costs. Each Party shall be responsible for its own costs incurred during the arbitration process and for the following costs, if applicable: (1) the cost of the arbitrator chosen by the Party to sit on the three member panel and one half of the cost of the third arbitrator chosen; or (2) one half the cost of the single arbitrator jointly chosen by the Parties. 13.6 Tax Exempt Bonds. 13.6.1 Facilities Financed by Tax Exempt Bonds. Notwithstanding any other provision of the LGIP or Tariff, the Transmission Provider shall not be required to provide Interconnection Service to any Interconnection Customer pursuant to this Tariff if the provision of such transmission service would jeopardize the tax-exempt status of any bond(s) used to finance the Transmission Provider's facilities that would be used in providing such service. If the Transmission Provider determines that the provision of Interconnection Service to the Interconnection Customer, or transmission service would jeopardize the tax-exempt status of any bond(s) used to finance its facilities that would be used in providing such transmission service, it shall so advise the Interconnection Customer. APPENDIX 1 to LGIP INTERCONNECTION REQUEST FOR A LARGE GENERATING FACILITY 1. The undersigned Interconnection Customer submits this request to interconnect its Large Generating Facility with Transmission Provider's Transmission System pursuant to a Tariff. 2. This Interconnection Request is for (check one): _____ A proposed new Large Generating Facility. _____ An increase in the generating capacity or a Material Modification of an existing Generating Facility. 3. The type of interconnection service requested (check one): _____ Energy Resource Interconnection Service _____ Network Resource Interconnection Service 4. _____ Check here only if Interconnection Customer requesting Network Resource Interconnection Service also seeks to have its Generating Facility studied for Energy Resource Interconnection Service 5. Interconnection Customer provides the following information: a. Address or location or the proposed new Large Generating Facility site (to the extent known) or, in the case of an existing Generating Facility, the name and specific location of the existing Generating Facility; b. Maximum summer at ____ degrees C and winter at _____ degrees C megawatt electrical output of the proposed new Large Generating Facility or the amount of megawatt increase in the generating capacity of an existing Generating Facility; c. General description of the equipment configuration; d. Commercial Operation Date (Day, Month, and Year); e. Name, address, telephone number, and e-mail address of Interconnection Customer's contact person; f. Approximate location of the proposed Point of Interconnection (optional); and g. Interconnection Customer Data (set forth in Attachment A) 6. Applicable deposit amount as specified in the LGIP. 7. Evidence of Site Control as specified in the LGIP (check one) ____ Is attached to this Interconnection Request ____ Will be provided at a later date in accordance with this LGIP 8. This Interconnection Request shall be submitted to the representative indicated below: [To be completed by Transmission Provider] 9. Representative of Interconnection Customer to contact: [To be completed by Interconnection Customer] 10. This Interconnection Request is submitted by: Name of Interconnection Customer: ___________________________________ By (signature): ____________________________________________________ Name (type or print): _______________________________________________ Title: ____________________________________________________________ Date: ___________________ Attachment A to Appendix 1 Interconnection Request LARGE GENERATING FACILITY DATA UNIT RATINGS kVA degrees F Voltage _____________ Power Factor Speed (RPM) Connection (e.g. Wye) _____________ Short Circuit Ratio ________ Frequency, Hertz ____________ Stator Amperes at Rated kVA Field Volts _______________ Max Turbine MW degrees F ______ COMBINED TURBINE-GENERATOR-EXCITER INERTIA DATA Inertia Constant, H = kW sec/kVA Moment-of-Inertia, WR2 = ____________________ lb. ft.2 REACTANCE DATA (PER UNIT-RATED KVA) DIRECT AXIS QUADRATURE AXIS Synchronous saturated Xdv Xqv _______ Synchronous unsaturated Xdi Xqi _______ Transient saturated X'dv X'qv _______ Transient unsaturated X'di X'qi _______ Subtransient saturated X"dv X"qv _______ Subtransient unsaturated X"di X"qi _______ Negative Sequence saturated X2v Negative Sequence unsaturated X2i Zero Sequence saturated X0v Zero Sequence unsaturated X0i Leakage Reactance Xlm FIELD TIME CONSTANT DATA (SEC) Open Circuit T'do T'qo _______ Three-Phase Short Circuit Transient T'd3 T'q _______ Line to Line Short Circuit Transient T'd2 Line to Neutral Short Circuit Transient T'd1 Short Circuit Subtransient T"d T"q _______ Open Circuit Subtransient T"do T"qo _______ ARMATURE TIME CONSTANT DATA (SEC) Three Phase Short Circuit Ta3 _______ Line to Line Short Circuit Ta2 _______ Line to Neutral Short Circuit Ta1 _______ NOTE: If requested information is not applicable, indicate by marking "N/A." MW CAPABILITY AND PLANT CONFIGURATION LARGE GENERATING FACILITY DATA ARMATURE WINDING RESISTANCE DATA (PER UNIT) Positive R1 _______ Negative R2 _______ Zero R0 _______ Rotor Short Time Thermal Capacity I22t = _______ Field Current at Rated kVA, Armature Voltage and PF = amps Field Current at Rated kVA and Armature Voltage, 0 PF = amps Three Phase Armature Winding Capacitance = microfarad Field Winding Resistance = _______ ohms _____ degrees C Armature Winding Resistance (Per Phase) = ohms degrees C CURVES Provide Saturation, Vee, Reactive Capability, Capacity Temperature Correction curves. Designate normal and emergency Hydrogen Pressure operating range for multiple curves. GENERATOR STEP-UP TRANSFORMER DATA RATINGS Capacity Self-cooled/ Maximum Nameplate / kVA Voltage Ratio(Generator Side/System side/Tertiary) / / kV Winding Connections (Low V/High V/Tertiary V (Delta or Wye /______________/_______________ Fixed Taps Available _____________________________________________________ Present Tap Setting _______________________________________________________ IMPEDANCE Positive Z1 (on self-cooled kVA rating) % X/R Zero Z0 (on self-cooled kVA rating) % X/R EXCITATION SYSTEM DATA Identify appropriate IEEE model block diagram of excitation system and power system stabilizer (PSS) for computer representation in power system stability simulations and the corresponding excitation system and PSS constants for use in the model. GOVERNOR SYSTEM DATA Identify appropriate IEEE model block diagram of governor system for computer representation in power system stability simulations and the corresponding governor system constants for use in the model. WIND GENERATORS Number of generators to be interconnected pursuant to this Interconnection Request: _____________ Elevation: _____________ _____ Single Phase _____ Three Phase Inverter manufacturer, model name, number, and version: _________________________________________________________________ List of adjustable setpoints for the protective equipment or software: _________________________________________________________________ Note: A completed General Electric Company Power Systems Load Flow (PSLF) data sheet or other compatible formats, such as IEEE and PTI power flow models, must be supplied with the Interconnection Request. If other data sheets are more appropriate to the proposed device, then they shall be provided and discussed at Scoping Meeting. INDUCTION GENERATORS (*) Field Volts: _________________ (*) Field Amperes: ______________ (*) Motoring Power (kW): ________ (*) Neutral Grounding Resistor (If Applicable): ____________ (*) I22t or K (Heating Time Constant): ____________ (*) Rotor Resistance: ____________ (*) Stator Resistance: ____________ (*) Stator Reactance: _____________ (*) Rotor Reactance: _____________ (*) Magnetizing Reactance: ___________ (*) Short Circuit Reactance: ___________ (*) Exciting Current: ________________ (*) Temperature Rise: ________________ (*) Frame Size: _______________ (*) Design Letter: _____________ (*) Reactive Power Required In Vars (No Load): ________ (*) Reactive Power Required In Vars (Full Load): ________ (*) Total Rotating Inertia, H: ________Per Unit on KVA Base Note: Please consult Transmission Provider prior to submitting the Interconnection Request to determine if the information designated by (*) is required. APPENDIX 2 to LGIP INTERCONNECTION FEASIBILITY STUDY AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this day of , 20___ by and between , a organized and existing under the laws of the State of , ("Interconnection Customer,") and City of Seattle, Washington, City Light Department ("Transmission Provider"). Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider each may be referred to as a "Party," or collectively as the "Parties." RECITALS WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer is proposing to develop a Large Generating Facility or generating capacity addition to an existing Generating Facility consistent with the Interconnection Request submitted by Interconnection Customer dated ; and WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer desires to interconnect the Large Generating Facility with the Transmission System; and WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer has requested Transmission Provider to perform an Interconnection Feasibility Study to assess the feasibility of interconnecting the proposed Large Generating Facility to the Transmission System, and of any Affected Systems; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of and subject to the mutual covenants contained herein the Parties agreed as follows: 1.0 When used in this Agreement, with initial capitalization, the terms specified shall have the meanings indicated in Transmission Provider's LGIP. 2.0 Interconnection Customer elects and Transmission Provider shall cause to be performed an Interconnection Feasibility Study consistent with Section 6.0 of this LGIP in accordance with the Tariff. 3.0 The scope of the Interconnection Feasibility Study shall be subject to the assumptions set forth in Attachment A to this Agreement. 4.0 The Interconnection Feasibility Study shall be based on the technical information provided by Interconnection Customer in the Interconnection Request, as may be modified as the result of the Scoping Meeting. Transmission Provider reserves the right to request additional technical information from Interconnection Customer as may reasonably become necessary consistent with Good Utility Practice during the course of the Interconnection Feasibility Study and as designated in accordance with Section 3.3.4 of the LGIP. If, after the designation of the Point of Interconnection pursuant to Section 3.3.4 of the LGIP, Interconnection Customer modifies its Interconnection Request pursuant to Section 4.4, the time to complete the Interconnection Feasibility Study may be extended. 5.0 The Interconnection Feasibility Study report shall provide the following information: preliminary identification of any circuit breaker short circuit capability limits exceeded as a result of the interconnection; preliminary identification of any thermal overload or voltage limit violations resulting from the interconnection; and preliminary description and non-bonding estimated cost of facilities required to interconnect the Large Generating Facility to the Transmission System and to address the identified short circuit and power flow issues. 6.0 Interconnection Customer shall provide a deposit of $10,000 for the performance of the Interconnection Feasibility Study. Upon receipt of the Interconnection Feasibility Study Transmission Provider shall charge and Interconnection Customer shall pay the actual costs of the Interconnection Feasibility Study. Any difference between the deposit and the actual cost of the study shall be paid by or refunded to Interconnection Customer, as appropriate. 7.0 Miscellaneous. The Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement shall include standard miscellaneous terms including, but not limited to, indemnities, representations, disclaimers, warranties, governing law, amendment, execution, waiver, enforceability and assignment, that reflect best practices in the electric industry, and that are consistent with regional practices, Applicable Laws and Regulations, and the organizational nature of each Party. All of these provisions, to the extent practicable, shall be consistent with the provisions of the LGIP and the LGIA. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers or agents on the day and year first above written. [Insert name of Transmission Provider or Transmission Owner, if applicable] By: By: ______________________________ Title: Title: _____________________________ Date: Date: _____________________________ [Insert name of Interconnection Customer] By: Title: Date: Attachment A to Appendix 2 Interconnection Feasibility Study Agreement ASSUMPTIONS USED IN CONDUCTING THE INTERCONNECTION FEASIBILITY STUDY The Interconnection Feasibility Study will be based upon the information set forth in the Interconnection Request and agreed upon in the Scoping Meeting held on : Designation of Point of Interconnection and configuration to be studied. Designation of alternative Point(s) of Interconnection and configuration. [Above assumptions to be completed by Interconnection Customer and other assumptions to be provided by Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider] APPENDIX 3 to LGIP INTERCONNECTION SYSTEM IMPACT STUDY AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this day of , 20___ by and between , a organized and existing under the laws of the State of , ("Interconnection Customer,") and City of Seattle, Washington, City Light Department ("SCL"), ("Transmission Provider"). Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider each may be referred to as a "Party," or collectively as the "Parties." RECITALS WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer is proposing to develop a Large Generating Facility or generating capacity addition to an existing Generating Facility consistent with the Interconnection Request submitted by Interconnection Customer dated _________________; and WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer desires to interconnect the Large Generating Facility with the Transmission System; WHEREAS, Transmission Provider has completed an Interconnection Feasibility Study (the "Feasibility Study") and provided the results of said study to Interconnection Customer (This recital to be omitted if Transmission Provider does not require the Interconnection Feasibility Study.); and WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer has requested Transmission Provider to perform an Interconnection System Impact Study to assess the impact of interconnecting the Large Generating Facility to the Transmission System, and of any Affected Systems; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of and subject to the mutual covenants contained herein the Parties agreed as follows: 1.0 When used in this Agreement, with initial capitalization, the terms specified shall have the meanings indicated in Transmission Provider's LGIP. 2.0 Interconnection Customer elects and Transmission Provider shall cause to be performed an Interconnection System Impact Study consistent with Section 7.0 of this LGIP in accordance with the Tariff. 3.0 The scope of the Interconnection System Impact Study shall be subject to the assumptions set forth in Attachment A to this Agreement. 4.0 The Interconnection System Impact Study will be based upon the results of the Interconnection Feasibility Study and the technical information provided by Interconnection Customer in the Interconnection Request, subject to any modifications in accordance with Section 4.4 of the LGIP. Transmission Provider reserves the right to request additional technical information from Interconnection Customer as may reasonably become necessary consistent with Good Utility Practice during the course of the Interconnection Customer System Impact Study. If Interconnection Customer modifies its designated Point of Interconnection, Interconnection Request, or the technical information provided therein is modified, the time to complete the Interconnection System Impact Study may be extended. 5.0 The Interconnection System Impact Study report shall provide the following information: identification of any circuit breaker short circuit capability limits exceeded as a result of the interconnection; identification of any thermal overload or voltage limit violations resulting from the interconnection; identification of any instability or inadequately damped response to system disturbances resulting from the interconnection and description and non-binding, good faith estimated cost of facilities required to interconnect the Large Generating Facility to the Transmission System and to address the identified short circuit, instability, and power flow issues. 6.0 Interconnection Customer shall provide a deposit of $50,000 for the performance of the Interconnection System Impact Study. Transmission Provider's good faith estimate for the time of completion of the Interconnection System Impact Study is [insert date]. Upon receipt of the Interconnection System Impact Study, Transmission Provider shall charge and Interconnection Customer shall pay the actual costs of the Interconnection System Impact Study. Any difference between the deposit and the actual cost of the study shall be paid by or refunded to Interconnection Customer, as appropriate. 7.0 Miscellaneous. The Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement shall include standard miscellaneous terms including, but not limited to, indemnities, representations, disclaimers, warranties, governing law, amendment, execution, waiver, enforceability and assignment, that reflect best practices in the electric industry, that are consistent with regional practices, Applicable Laws and Regulations and the organizational nature of each Party. All of these provisions, to the extent practicable, shall be consistent with the provisions of the LGIP and the LGIA.] IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers or agents on the day and year first above written. [Insert name of Transmission Provider or Transmission Owner, if applicable] By: By: ______________________________ Title: Title: _____________________________ Date: Date: _____________________________ [Insert name of Interconnection Customer] By: Title: Date: Attachment A To Appendix 3 Interconnection System Impact Study Agreement ASSUMPTIONS USED IN CONDUCTING THE INTERCONNECTION SYSTEM IMPACT STUDY The Interconnection System Impact Study will be based upon the results of the Interconnection Feasibility Study, subject to any modifications in accordance with Section 4.4 of the LGIP, and the following assumptions: Designation of Point of Interconnection and configuration to be studied. Designation of alternative Point(s) of Interconnection and configuration. [Above assumptions to be completed by Interconnection Customer and other assumptions to be provided by Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider] APPENDIX 4 to LGIP INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES STUDY AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this day of , 20___ by and between , a organized and existing under the laws of the State of , ("Interconnection Customer,") and City of Seattle, Washington, City Light Department ("SCL"), ("Transmission Provider"). Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider each may be referred to as a "Party," or collectively as the "Parties." RECITALS WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer is proposing to develop a Large Generating Facility or generating capacity addition to an existing Generating Facility consistent with the Interconnection Request submitted by Interconnection Customer dated ; and WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer desires to interconnect the Large Generating Facility with the Transmission System; WHEREAS, Transmission Provider has completed an Interconnection System Impact Study (the "System Impact Study") and provided the results of said study to Interconnection Customer; and WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer has requested Transmission Provider to perform an Interconnection Facilities Study to specify and estimate the cost of the equipment, engineering, procurement and construction work needed to implement the conclusions of the Interconnection System Impact Study in accordance with Good Utility Practice to physically and electrically connect the Large Generating Facility to the Transmission System. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of and subject to the mutual covenants contained herein the Parties agreed as follows: 1.0 When used in this Agreement, with initial capitalization, the terms specified shall have the meanings indicated in Transmission Provider's LGIP. 2.0 Interconnection Customer elects and Transmission Provider shall cause an Interconnection Facilities Study consistent with Section 8.0 of this LGIP to be performed in accordance with the Tariff. 3.0 The scope of the Interconnection Facilities Study shall be subject to the assumptions set forth in Attachment A and the data provided in Attachment B to this Agreement. 4.0 The Interconnection Facilities Study report (i) shall provide a description, estimated cost of (consistent with Attachment A), schedule for required facilities to interconnect the Large Generating Facility to the Transmission System and (ii) shall address the short circuit, instability, and power flow issues identified in the Interconnection System Impact Study. 5.0 Interconnection Customer shall provide a deposit of $100,000 for the performance of the Interconnection Facilities Study. The time for completion of the Interconnection Facilities Study is specified in Attachment A. Transmission Provider shall invoice Interconnection Customer on a monthly basis for the work to be conducted on the Interconnection Facilities Study each month. Interconnection Customer shall pay invoiced amounts within thirty (30) Calendar Days of receipt of invoice. Transmission Provider shall continue to hold the amounts on deposit until settlement of the final invoice. 6.0 Miscellaneous. The Interconnection Facility Study Agreement shall include standard miscellaneous terms including, but not limited to, indemnities, representations, disclaimers, warranties, governing law, amendment, execution, waiver, enforceability and assignment, that reflect best practices in the electric industry, and that are consistent with regional practices, Applicable Laws and Regulations, and the organizational nature of each Party. All of these provisions, to the extent practicable, shall be consistent with the provisions of the LGIP and the LGIA. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers or agents on the day and year first above written. [Insert name of Transmission Provider or Transmission Owner, if applicable] By: By: ______________________________ Title: Title: _____________________________ Date: Date: _____________________________ [Insert name of Interconnection Customer] By: Title: Date: Attachment A To Appendix 4 Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement INTERCONNECTION CUSTOMER SCHEDULE ELECTION FOR CONDUCTING THE INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES STUDY Transmission Provider shall use Reasonable Efforts to complete the study and issue a draft Interconnection Facilities Study report to Interconnection Customer within the following number of days after of receipt of an executed copy of this Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement: ninety (90) Calendar Days with no more than a 20 percent cost estimate contained in the report, or one hundred eighty (180) Calendar Days with no more than a 10 percent cost estimate contained in the report. Attachment B to Appendix 4 Interconnection Facilities Study Agreement DATA FORM TO BE PROVIDED BY INTERCONNECTION CUSTOMER WITH THE INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES STUDY AGREEMENT Provide location plan and simplified one-line diagram of the plant and station facilities. For staged projects, please indicate future generation, transmission circuits, etc. One set of metering is required for each generation connection to the new ring bus or existing Transmission Provider station. Number of generation connections: On the one line diagram indicate the generation capacity attached at each metering location. (Maximum load on CT/PT) On the one line diagram indicate the location of auxiliary power. (Minimum load on CT/PT) Amps Will an alternate source of auxiliary power be available during CT/PT maintenance? Yes No Will a transfer bus on the generation side of the metering require that each meter set be designed for the total plant generation? Yes No (Please indicate on one line diagram). What type of control system or PLC will be located at Interconnection Customer's Large Generating Facility? _______________________________________________________________________ What protocol does the control system or PLC use? _______________________________________________________________________ Please provide a 7.5-minute quadrangle of the site. Sketch the plant, station, transmission line, and property line. Physical dimensions of the proposed interconnection station: _______________________________________________________________________ Bus length from generation to interconnection station: _______________________________________________________________________ Line length from interconnection station to Transmission Provider's transmission line. _______________________________________________________________________ Tower number observed in the field. (Painted on tower leg)* ______________________ Number of third party easements required for transmission lines*: _______________________________________________________________________ * To be completed in coordination with Transmission Provider. Is the Large Generating Facility in the Transmission Provider's service area? Yes No Local provider: ___________________________________ Please provide proposed schedule dates: Begin Construction Date: ____________________ Generator step-up transformer Date: ____________________ receives back feed power Generation Testing Date: ____________________ Commercial Operation Date: ____________________ APPENDIX 5 to LGIP OPTIONAL INTERCONNECTION STUDY AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this day of , 20___ by and between , a organized and existing under the laws of the State of , ("Interconnection Customer,") and City of Seattle, Washington, City Light Department ("SCL"), ("Transmission Provider"). Interconnection Customer and Transmission Provider each may be referred to as a "Party," or collectively as the "Parties." RECITALS WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer is proposing to develop a Large Generating Facility or generating capacity addition to an existing Generating Facility consistent with the Interconnection Request submitted by Interconnection Customer dated ; WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer is proposing to establish an interconnection with the Transmission System; and WHEREAS, Interconnection Customer has submitted to Transmission Provider an Interconnection Request; and WHEREAS, on or after the date when Interconnection Customer receives the Interconnection System Impact Study results, Interconnection Customer has further requested that Transmission Provider prepare an Optional Interconnection Study; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of and subject to the mutual covenants contained herein the Parties agree as follows: 1.0 When used in this Agreement, with initial capitalization, the terms specified shall have the meanings indicated in Transmission Provider's LGIP. 2.0 Interconnection Customer elects and Transmission Provider shall cause an Optional Interconnection Study consistent with Section 10.0 of this LGIP to be performed in accordance with the Tariff. 3.0 The scope of the Optional Interconnection Study shall be subject to the assumptions set forth in Attachment A to this Agreement. 4.0 The Optional Interconnection Study shall be performed solely for informational purposes. 5.0 The Optional Interconnection Study report shall provide a sensitivity analysis based on the assumptions specified by Interconnection Customer in Attachment A to this Agreement. The Optional Interconnection Study will identify Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities and the Network Upgrades, and the estimated cost thereof, that may be required to provide transmission service or interconnection service based upon the assumptions specified by Interconnection Customer in Attachment A. 6.0 Interconnection Customer shall provide a deposit of $10,000 for the performance of the Optional Interconnection Study. Transmission Provider's good faith estimate for the time of completion of the Optional Interconnection Study is [insert date]. Upon receipt of the Optional Interconnection Study, Transmission Provider shall charge and Interconnection Customer shall pay the actual costs of the Optional Study. Any difference between the initial payment and the actual cost of the study shall be paid by or refunded to Interconnection Customer, as appropriate. 7.0 Miscellaneous. The Optional Interconnection Study Agreement shall include standard miscellaneous terms including, but not limited to, indemnities, representations, disclaimers, warranties, governing law, amendment, execution, waiver, enforceability and assignment, that reflect best practices in the electric industry, and that are consistent with regional practices, Applicable Laws and Regulations, and the organizational nature of each Party. All of these provisions, to the extent practicable, shall be consistent with the provisions of the LGIP and the LGIA. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers or agents on the day and year first above written. [Insert name of Transmission Provider or Transmission Owner, if applicable] By: By: ______________________________ Title: Title: _____________________________ Date: Date: _____________________________ [Insert name of Interconnection Customer] By: Title: Date: Exhibit F to Attachment 1 to SCL OATT ORD SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD LARGE GENERATOR INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT (LGIA) TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Recitals 1 - Article 1. Definitions 1 - Article 2. Effective Date, Term,, and Termination 11 - 2.1 Effective Date 11 - 2.2 Term of Agreement 11 - 2.3 Termination Procedures 11 - 2.3.1 Written Notice 11 - 2.3.2 Default 11 - 2.4 Termination Costs 12 - 2.5 Disconnection 13 - 2.6 Survival 13 - Article 3. Regulatory Filings 13 - Article 4. Scope of Service 13 - 4.1 Interconnection Product Options 13 - 4.1.1 Energy Resource Interconnection Service 13 - 4.1.1.1 The Product 13 - 4.1.1.2 Transmission Delivery Service Implications 14 - 4.1.2 Network Resource Interconnection Service 14 - 4.1.2.1 The Product 14 - 4.1.2.2 Transmission Delivery Service Implications 15 - 4.2 Provision of Service 17 - 4.3 Performance Standards 17 - 4.4 No Transmission Delivery Service 17 - 4.5 Interconnection Customer Provided Services 17 - Article 5. Interconnection Facilities Engineering, Procurement, & Construction 17 - 5.1 Options 17 - 5.1.1 Standard Option. 17 - 5.1.2 Alternate Option 18 - 5.1.3 Option to Build 18 - 5.1.4 Negotiated Option 18 - 5.2 General Conditions Applicable to Option to Build 19 - 5.3 Liquidated Damages 20 - 5.4 Power System Stabilizers 21 - 5.5 Equipment Procurement 22 - 5.6 Construction Commencement 22 - 5.7 Work Progress 22 - 5.8 Information Exchange 23 - 5.9 Limited Operation 23 - 5.10 Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facilities ('ICIF') 23 - 5.10.1 Interconnection Customer's Interconnection Facility Specifications 23 - 5.10.2 Transmission Provider's Review 24 - 5.10.3 ICIF Construction 24 - 5.11 Transmission Provider's Interconnection Facilities Construction 24 - 5.12 Access Rights 25 - 5.13 Lands of Other Property Owners 25 - 5.14 Permits 25 - 5.15 Early Construction of Base Case Facilities 26 - 5.16 Suspension 26 - 5.17 Taxes 26 - 5.17.1 Interconnection Customer Payments Not Taxable 26 - 5.17.3 Indemnification for the Cost Consequences of Current Tax Liability Imposed Upon the Transmission Provider 27 - 5.17.10 Transmission Owners Who Are Not Transmission Providers 27 - 5.18 Tax Status 27 - 5.19 Modification 27 - 5.19.1 General 27 - 5.19.2 Standards 28 - 5.19.3 Modification Costs 28 - Article 6. Testing and Inspection 28 - 6.1 Pre-Commercial Operation Date Testing and Modifications 28 - 6.2 Post-Commercial Operation Date Testing and Modifications 29 - 6.3 Right to Observe Testing 29 - 6.4 Right to Inspect 29 - Article 7. Metering 29 - 7.1 General 29 - 7.2 Check Meters 30 - 7.3 Standards 30 - 7.4 Testing of Metering Equipment 30 - 7.5 Metering Data 30 - Article 8. Communications 31 - 8.1 Interconnection Customer Obligations 31 - 8.2 Remote Terminal Unit 31 - 8.3 No Annexation 31 - Article 9. Operations 32 - 9.1 General 32 - 9.2 Control Area Notification 32 - 9.3 Transmission Provider Obligations 32 - 9.4 Interconnection Customer Obligations 32 - 9.5 Start-Up and Synchronization 33 - 9.6 Reactive Power 33 - 9.6.1 Power Factor Design Criteria 33 - 9.6.2 Voltage Schedules 33 - 9.6.2.1 Governors and Regulators 33 - 9.6.3 Payment for Reactive Power 34 - 9.7 Outages and Interruptions 34 - 9.7.1 Outages 34 - 9.7.1.1 Outage Authority and Coordination 34 - 9.7.1.2 Outage Schedules 35 - 9.7.1.3 Outage Restoration 35 - 9.7.2 Interruption of Service 35 - 9.7.3 Under-Frequency and Over Frequency Conditions 36 - 9.7.4 System Protection and Other Control Requirements 37 - 9.7.4.1 System Protection Facilities 37 - 9.7.5 Requirements for Protection 38 - 9.7.6 Power Quality 38 - 9.8 Switching and Tagging Rules 38 - 9.9 Use of Interconnection Facilities by Third Parties 39 - 9.9.1 Purpose of Interconnection Facilities 39 - 9.9.2 Third Party Users 39 - 9.10 Disturbance Analysis Data Exchange 39 - Article 10. Maintenance 40 - 10.1 Transmission Provider Obligations 40 - 10.2 Interconnection Customer Obligations 40 - 10.3 Coordination 40 - |